Annual Reviews home
0
Skip to content
  • For Librarians & Agents
  • For Authors
  • Knowable Magazine
  • Institutional Login
  • Login
  • Register
  • Activate
  • 0 Cart
  • Help
Annual Reviews home
  • JOURNALS A-Z
    • Analytical Chemistry
    • Animal Biosciences
    • Anthropology
    • Astronomy and Astrophysics
    • Biochemistry
    • Biomedical Data Science
    • Biomedical Engineering
    • Biophysics
    • Cancer Biology
    • Cell and Developmental Biology
    • Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering
    • Clinical Psychology
    • Computer Science
    • Condensed Matter Physics
    • Control, Robotics, and Autonomous Systems
    • Criminology
    • Developmental Psychology
    • Earth and Planetary Sciences
    • Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics
    • Economics
    • Entomology
    • Environment and Resources
    • Financial Economics
    • Fluid Mechanics
    • Food Science and Technology
    • Genetics
    • Genomics and Human Genetics
    • Immunology
    • Law and Social Science
    • Linguistics
    • Marine Science
    • Materials Research
    • Medicine
    • Microbiology
    • Neuroscience
    • Nuclear and Particle Science
    • Nutrition
    • Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior
    • Pathology: Mechanisms of Disease
    • Pharmacology and Toxicology
    • Physical Chemistry
    • Physiology
    • Phytopathology
    • Plant Biology
    • Political Science
    • Psychology
    • Public Health
    • Resource Economics
    • Sociology
    • Statistics and Its Application
    • Virology
    • Vision Science
    • Article Collections
    • Events
    • Shot of Science
  • JOURNAL INFO
    • Copyright & Permissions
    • Add To Your Course Reader
    • Expected Publication Dates
    • Impact Factor Rankings
    • Access Metadata
    • RSS Feeds
  • PRICING & SUBSCRIPTIONS
    • General Ordering Info
    • Online Activation Instructions
    • Personal Pricing
    • Institutional Pricing
    • Society Partnerships
  •     S2O    
  •     GIVE    
  • ABOUT
    • What We Do
    • Founder & History
    • Our Team
    • Careers
    • Press Center
    • Events
    • News
    • Global Access
    • Directory
    • Help/FAQs
    • Contact Us
  • Home >
  • Annual Review of Environment and Resources >
  • Volume 37, 2012 >
  • Biggs, pp 421-448
  • Save
  • Email
  • Share

Toward Principles for Enhancing the Resilience of Ecosystem Services

  • Home
  • Annual Review of Environment and Resources
  • Volume 37, 2012
  • Biggs, pp 421-448
  • Facebook
  • Twitter
  • LinkedIn
Download PDF

Toward Principles for Enhancing the Resilience of Ecosystem Services

Annual Review of Environment and Resources

Vol. 37:421-448 (Volume publication date November 2012)
First published online as a Review in Advance on August 7, 2012
https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-environ-051211-123836

Reinette Biggs,1,2 Maja Schlüter,1,3 Duan Biggs,4,5,6 Erin L. Bohensky,7 Shauna BurnSilver,8 Georgina Cundill,10 Vasilis Dakos,11 Tim M. Daw,1,12 Louisa S. Evans,4 Karen Kotschy,13 Anne M. Leitch,4,14 Chanda Meek,15 Allyson Quinlan,16 Ciara Raudsepp-Hearne,17 Martin D. Robards,18 Michael L. Schoon,9 Lisen Schultz,1 and Paul C. West19

1Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm 10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

2Stellenbosch Institute for Advanced Study, Wallenberg Research Centre at Stellenbosch University, Stellenbosch 7600, South Africa

3Department of Biology and Ecology of Fishes, Leibniz-Institute of Freshwater Ecology and Inland Fisheries, 12587 Berlin, Germany

4Australian Research Council Centre of Excellence for Coral Reef Studies, James Cook University, Townsville, Queensland 4811, Australia; email: [email protected]

5Scientific Services, South African National Parks, Skukuza 1350, South Africa

6Centre of Excellence for Environmental Decisions, School of Biological Sciences, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Queensland 4072, Australia; email: [email protected]

7Social and Economic Sciences Program, CSIRO Ecosystem Sciences, Townsville, Queensland 4811, Australia; email: [email protected]

8School of Human Evolution and Social Change,

9Complex Adaptive Systems Initiative, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287; email: [email protected], [email protected]

10Department of Environmental Science, Rhodes University, Grahamstown 6140, South Africa; email: [email protected]

11Department of Aquatic Ecology and Water Quality Management, Wageningen University, Wageningen, 6708 PB, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]

12School of International Development, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]

13Centre for Water in the Environment, University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg 2050, South Africa; email: [email protected]

14CSIRO Sustainable Ecosystems, Brisbane, Queensland 4001, Australia; email: [email protected]

15Department of Political Science, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Alaska 99775; email: [email protected]

16Department of Geography, Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada K1S 5B6; email: [email protected]

17Geography Department, McGill University, Montreal, Quebec, Canada H3A 2K6; email: [email protected]

18Wildlife Conservation Society, Fairbanks, Alaska 99775; email: [email protected]

19Institute on the Environment, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108; email: [email protected]

Download PDF Supplemental Material Article Metrics
  • Permissions
  • Reprints

  • Download Citation
  • Citation Alerts
Sections
  • Abstract
  • Keywords
  • RELATED REVIEWS
  • INTRODUCTION
  • PRINCIPLE 1: MAINTAIN DIVERSITY AND REDUNDANCY
  • PRINCIPLE 2: MANAGE CONNECTIVITY
  • PRINCIPLE 3: MANAGE SLOW VARIABLES AND FEEDBACKS
  • PRINCIPLE 4: FOSTER AN UNDERSTANDING OF SOCIAL-ECOLOGICAL SYSTEMS AS COMPLEX ADAPTIVE SYSTEMS
  • PRINCIPLE 5: ENCOURAGE LEARNING AND EXPERIMENTATION
  • PRINCIPLE 6: BROADEN PARTICIPATION
  • PRINCIPLE 7: PROMOTE POLYCENTRIC GOVERNANCE SYSTEMS
  • CONCLUSION
  • SUMMARY POINTS
  • FUTURE ISSUES
  • disclosure statement
  • acknowledgments
  • literature cited

Abstract

Enhancing the resilience of ecosystem services (ES) that underpin human well-being is critical for meeting current and future societal needs, and requires specific governance and management policies. Using the literature, we identify seven generic policy-relevant principles for enhancing the resilience of desired ES in the face of disturbance and ongoing change in social-ecological systems (SES). These principles are (P1) maintain diversity and redundancy, (P2) manage connectivity, (P3) manage slow variables and feedbacks, (P4) foster an understanding of SES as complex adaptive systems (CAS), (P5) encourage learning and experimentation, (P6) broaden participation, and (P7) promote polycentric governance systems. We briefly define each principle, review how and when it enhances the resilience of ES, and conclude with major research gaps. In practice, the principles often co-occur and are highly interdependent. Key future needs are to better understand these interdependencies and to operationalize and apply the principles in different policy and management contexts.

Keywords

social-ecological, diversity, connectivity, learning, participation, polycentric

RELATED REVIEWS

In our efforts to lead users to related information, the authors and Editorial Committee think you might also be interested in the following articles from other Annual Reviews journals. Please enjoy complimentary access through the links below, courtesy of the Annual Review of Environment and Resources.

Regime Shifts, Resilience, and Biodiversity in Ecosystem Management—Carl Folke, Steve Carpenter, Brian Walker, Marten Scheffer,Thomas Elmqvist, Lance Gunderson, and C.S. Holling, Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics, Vol. 35: 557-581

Agency, Capacity, and Resilience to Environmental Change: Lessons from Human Development, Well-Being, and Disasters—Katrina Brown and Elizabeth Westaway, Annual Review of Environment and Resources, Vol. 32: 321-342

Connectivity and the Governance of Multilevel Social-Ecological Sytems: The Role of Social Capital—Eduardo S. Brondizio, Elinor Ostrom, and Oran R. Young, Annual Review of Environment and Resources, Vol. 34: 253-278

INTRODUCTION

A major challenge of the twenty-first century is ensuring an adequate and reliable flow of essential ecosystem services (ES) to meet the needs of a burgeoning world population. All social-ecological systems (SES) produce a “bundle” of ES, including provisioning (e.g., freshwater, crops, meat), regulating (e.g., flood and climate regulation), and cultural services (e.g., recreation, spiritual values) (1). Extensive and rapid global changes, including urbanization, growing human populations, rising consumption, and increased global connections, have led to a large and growing demand for provisioning services. Meeting these needs has resulted in large-scale conversion of natural ecosystems to cropland, which has eroded the capacity of ecosystems to produce other ES essential to human health and security—especially regulating services (2, 3). Furthermore, extensive anthropogenic changes to the world's ecosystems are increasing the likelihood of large, nonlinear, and potentially irreversible changes, such as coral reef degradation (4). Such events often have substantial and sometimes catastrophic impacts on ES and human well-being (1, 5).

Enhancing the resilience of ES that underpin human social and economic well-being is therefore of substantial policy interest. Any consideration of policies for enhancing resilience requires a clear specification of “resilience of what to what”—what is desired to be resilient and to what (6). In this review, we focus on the resilience of ES, defined as the capacity of the SES to sustain a desired set of ES in the face of disturbance and ongoing changes in SES. Because different sectors of society often value, need, and demand different ES (7), decisions about which ES to sustain are inherently political. Every SES produces a variety of interacting ES at multiple scales, and it is not possible to increase the resilience of all ES simultaneously (1, 2). Although there are synergies among some services, important trade-offs exist between ES at a particular scale, as well as between ES at different scales. For instance, timber harvesting and use at a local scale affects carbon storage globally (3). To further complicate matters, the desired mix of ES will evolve with changing societal values and preferences (8), and the resilience of ES is only one among many desired outcomes of SES (e.g., human rights, democracy). The inevitable trade-offs between disparate, changing societal goals require resolution of collective action dilemmas and intergroup conflicts, a process that comes replete with power inequalities, asymmetric resource bases, and unequal outcomes (7). While we fully acknowledge the complex social, institutional, and political aspects of such decision-making processes, we do not address them here. Instead, we assume that some desired mix of ES has been legitimately agreed upon and focus on how the resilience of these ES may be enhanced, while allowing for the possibility of changes in the preferred mix of ES over time.

A growing number of studies provide insight into how the resilience of SES and the ES they produce may be enhanced (9, 10, 11). Although several studies have proposed general “rules of thumb” for enhancing resilience (12, 13, 14), there does not yet exist a definitive set of resilience-enhancing principles or a synthetic understanding of where and when they apply. On the basis of the literature, a “mock court workshop” at which proposed principles were debated, and a modified Delphi survey of leading experts in the field (Supplemental Material), we identified seven generic principles for enhancing the resilience of ES. These principles include (P1) maintain diversity and redundancy, (P2) manage connectivity, (P3) manage slow variables and feedbacks, (P4) foster an understanding of SES as complex adaptive systems (CAS), (P5) encourage learning and experimentation, (P6) broaden participation, and (P7) promote polycentric governance systems. In this review, we group these principles into those that focus on generic SES properties and processes (P1–3) and those that focus on the way SES are governed (P4–7) (Figure 1). This follows the distinction made by Jentoft et al. (15) between the system to be governed and the governance system. We also distinguish between governance and management, where governance is taken to be the social and political process of defining goals for the management of SES and resolving trade-offs, and management is defined as the actions taken to achieve these goals and includes monitoring and implementation (16). This is not a definitive set of principles, but our hope is that this review will stimulate further discussion and refinement of a useful set of principles for enhancing resilience of ES.

figure
Figure 1 

This article reviews the evidence in support of each of the seven principles. Although most of the principles are also important for the actual production of ES, we focus exclusively on how they affect the resilience of ES, i.e., not the quantity of ES produced, but the ability to sustain production of ES in the face of unexpected shocks and disturbances as well as during slower ongoing change. We assume that ES are typically coproduced by the interaction of social and ecological factors (8, 17), so that, for instance, cereal crops are produced by the interplay of ecological factors (e.g., fertile soil, rainfall) with social factors (e.g., demand for crops, agricultural technology, market access). We further assume that SES are CAS, characterized by emergent and nonlinear behavior, the capacity to self-organize and adapt on the basis of past experience, and substantial uncertainties; all of these have marked consequences for ES governance and management (18, 19). For each principle, we give a brief definition, review the state of knowledge about the underlying mechanism by which the principle enhances resilience of ES and the conditions under which resilience may be compromised, and conclude with a summary of major research gaps. Although we have attempted to separate individual principles for the sake of analysis and presentation, they are in practice highly interconnected and interdependent. We discuss some of these connections and synergies in the concluding section.

PRINCIPLE 1: MAINTAIN DIVERSITY AND REDUNDANCY

Diversity does not simply refer to variety, but includes three interrelated and distinct components: variety (how many different elements), balance (how many of each element), and disparity (how different the elements are from one another) (20). In an SES context, important system elements that may exhibit diversity include genes, species, landscape patches, cultural groups, livelihood strategies, and governance institutions. Diversity in SES therefore encompasses biodiversity, spatial heterogeneity, livelihood strategies, and institutional diversity. Redundancy is closely related to diversity and is a system property that describes the replication of particular elements or pathways in a system (21). Redundancy is essentially the opposite of disparity and provides “insurance” for ES provision by allowing some system elements to compensate for the loss or failure of others.

How Do Diversity and Redundancy Enhance the Resilience of Ecosystem Services?

There is wide consensus from a variety of disciplines that diversity and redundancy are important for resilience because they provide options for responding to change and disturbance (11, 20, 22, 23, 24). The diversity of system elements, such as multiple species, management approaches, and institutions, provides the basis for innovation, learning, and adaptation to slower, ongoing change (see P5). In terms of resilience of ES to disturbances, response diversity and functional redundancy are particularly important. Response diversity refers to the variety of ways in which different species, actors, or SES elements respond to a disturbance, such as a fire or drought (25), whereas functional redundancy refers to the capacity of functionally similar elements to partly or fully substitute for each other (21).

Response diversity and functional redundancy work in combination to enhance the resilience of ES (26, 27). Most ES are produced by multiple species or SES elements, which respond differently to disturbances owing to differences in their physical traits, the timing of their contribution to ES, or the spatial scale at which they operate. This variety usually allows at least some of the elements to persist through particular disturbances and continue delivering ES (25). For example, seed dispersal in Ugandan forests is performed by mammals ranging in size from mice to chimpanzees. Although small mammals are negatively affected by localized disturbances, larger, more mobile species are not and can therefore maintain the seed-dispersal function (28). In traditional agroforestry systems, diverse tree and crop species with varying requirements for light and nutrients are planted so that harvests are discontinuous in time and failure of any one crop, owing to disease or drought, will not have catastrophic impacts on food provision (29). In governance contexts, a variety of organizational forms (e.g., government department, nongovernmental organization, community organization) with overlapping domains of authority provide for a diversity of responses and thereby facilitate the maintenance of ES in the face of economic or political upheaval (P7) (23).

Functional redundancy and response diversity are also important in enabling adaptation to slower, ongoing change. For example, grassland plant communities can maintain a relatively consistent production of fodder biomass over long periods despite changes in environmental conditions and species abundances because species more suited to the new environmental conditions are able to compensate for the decline of less well-suited species (30). Similarly, investment in diverse ES-based activities (e.g., fishing, ecotourism) can enhance the resilience of associated livelihoods as it enables people to rebalance their activities when market or environmental conditions change (24). For example, a substantial number of farmers in the drier parts of South Africa and Namibia have shifted from cattle ranching to wildlife-based ecotourism in response to changed markets and ES preferences for cultural over provisioning ES (31).

Diversity among elements contributing to a particular ES can modify the effects of disturbance itself. For example, riparian vegetation consisting of a range of different height classes provides more resistance to floodwater, thereby decreasing the impact of flooding and maintaining the ES provided by the riparian ecosystem (32). Similarly, landscape diversity influences the spread and impact of disturbances through impacts on connectivity (P2). In social systems, the diversity of values and perspectives in society can guard against fads (33) that may substantially impact ES, such as a predilection for hat feathers or pet birds.

At the landscape level, spatial heterogeneity helps ensure that some landscape patches remain undisturbed and provide refuges for the maintenance of particular ES. For instance, sacred sites, such as pools, forests, or reserve grazing areas, often function as remnant sources of critical ES, such as water and fodder, during severe droughts or after wildfires (34). Remnant patches of vegetation are also important sources of propagules for recolonization of bare areas after disturbances, such as volcanic eruptions or extreme floods, provided there is sufficient connectivity to disturbed patches (P2) (35).

Furthermore, engaging user groups with diverse perspectives can improve the understanding of SES dynamics (36, 37) and can enhance resilience of ES under certain conditions (P6). Likewise, diverse management approaches can support learning and understanding of the best ways to manage SES to ensure the sustained provision of ES and to facilitate adaptation to changes in ES over time (P5) (38).

Under What Conditions May Resilience Be Compromised?

Resilience of ES is maintained by a combination of diversity and redundancy, and low levels of either can lead to brittleness of the SES and compromise resilience. Both diversity and redundancy tend to increase with the number of species or elements in a SES and therefore tend to be correlated (39). However, in some cases, highly diverse systems may have low redundancy with only a few species or elements able to produce a particular ES. Loss of these “keystone species” or “key actors” typically leads to loss of many other entities because the remaining species or actors are unable to compensate effectively (40, 41). For example, one keystone species in riparian ecosystems in North America is beaver. Extensive trapping of beaver in the 1500s to 1800s led to widespread reduction in wetland habitat and associated ES (42). In other cases, high redundancy may occur in combination with low diversity. In such cases, many elements contribute to particular ES, but all elements are very similar either by design (if they are human institutions or activities) or due to environmental or historical constraints. As long as disturbances remain within the natural range of variation experienced by the system, provision of ES is expected to be resilient, but the system is likely to be vulnerable to new types of disturbances (43).

By contrast, very high levels of diversity and redundancy can undermine ES productivity and resilience in the longer term (Figure 2). Both diversity and redundancy are costly in the sense that they reduce system efficiency and increase the possibility for system stagnation (44, 45). For example, high redundancy in management organizations tends to increase the administrative costs of managing ES, interdepartmental power struggles, and contradictory regulation, which can compromise the resilience of ES (46). More generally, as the number of system elements (and hence diversity and redundancy) increases, the number of possible interactions between entities tends to increase exponentially, as does the possibility of nonlinear system dynamics (47). This increased complexity may hinder the establishment of efficient, directional pathways for the processing of matter, energy, or information, and lead to an inability of the SES to adapt in the face of change and disturbance (44, 45). For instance, the diversity of interests, preferences, expected climate change impacts, and response capacity among nations has been an important contributing factor in the stalemate surrounding climate negotiations (48). Maintaining the resilience of ES therefore requires levels of diversity and redundancy that balance the danger of system brittleness (associated with low levels of diversity or redundancy) against that of system stagnation (associated with high levels of diversity and redundancy).

figure
Figure 2 

Conclusion and Research Needs

Diversity and redundancy provide options for responding to change and disturbance; these options can increase both the reliability of ES and the potential for learning and innovation. Theoretical and empirical research suggests that it is particularly response diversity in combination with functional redundancy that is important for maintaining ES in the face of disturbance. However, both diversity and redundancy are costly in terms of increasing system complexity and inefficiency, and too much of either tends to reduce the capacity for adaptation to slower ongoing change. Enhancing the resilience of ES by investing in diversity and redundancy therefore requires finding an appropriate balance between brittleness/efficiency and stagnation/inefficiency associated with low and high levels of diversity and redundancy.

The relationships between, and trade-offs among, diversity, redundancy, and resilience, and how these vary with context and scale, are important areas for future research. Although much research has been carried out on ecological diversity and redundancy, the impacts of social and economic diversity and redundancy on the resilience of ES are less well understood. Understanding the relationships between diversity, redundancy, and resilience requires the development of practical methods for measuring diversity and redundancy and for identifying critical processes or keystone entities in different SES. Identifying and managing these vulnerable points may be the most effective way to maintain the resilience of ES.

PRINCIPLE 2: MANAGE CONNECTIVITY

Connectivity is defined as the manner by which and extent to which resources, species, or social actors disperse, migrate, or interact across ecological and social “landscapes” (49). Landscapes may consist of components, such as patches, habitats, or social groupings. These components are referred to as nodes and the connections between them as links. Examples of links are species interactions, corridors across habitats, or communication channels between human communities. The effect of connectivity on resilience of ES depends on the structure and strength of linkages between nodes. Structure refers to the presence or absence of links between components and how links are distributed within an SES. Strength refers to the intensity with which components are connected, determined by factors such as corridor quality among habitats, preferences of a predator for specific prey, or the frequency of interactions between social actors.

How Does Connectivity Enhance the Resilience of Ecosystem Services?

Connectivity in SES facilitates the exchange of material or information necessary for the functioning of ecological and social processes, and hence often directly affects the production of ES. Connectivity also affects the resilience of ES because it affects the spread of disturbances and facilitates recovery after a disturbance (50). In social systems, connectivity may affect the governance of ES, for example, by influencing the flow of information between actors (51, 52).

Connectivity is particularly important in enabling recovery of disturbed SES components. For instance, coral reef recolonization following disturbance is related to the degree of connectivity between remnant patches (53). Similarly, in a disturbance experiment of macrobenthic communities, it was found that recovery was largely determined by the degree of connectivity across metacommunities (54). The importance of connectivity to the resilience of SES and the ES they produce underlies many conservation initiatives, such as the design of networks of protected areas, e.g., the Great Barrier Reef Marine Protected Area network (55). Maintaining connections to areas that serve as refuges can accelerate the restoration of disturbed areas and associated ES (50).

Connectivity between habitats enhances population viability, especially for large mammals and the ES that depend on those species (56). Reduced connectivity as a result of infra-structure, including roads and dams, has a strong effect on the viability of species' populations (57). The Yellowstone to Yukon is one example of a regional conservation planning initiative that focuses on connecting large habitat patches by establishing or maintaining corridors to reduce the effects of reduced genetic diversity in isolated large-carnivore populations (58). Managers can mimic connectivity in fragmented landscapes through additions of species or individuals to enhance a subpopulation. More generally, network theory suggests that conserving keystone patches in the landscape, creating new patches in the vicinity of vulnerable ones, and managing highly connected patches can contribute to sustained and resilient provision of ES (59).

In social systems, it has been argued that connectivity in social networks can facilitate resilience of ES through enhanced governance opportunities. High levels of connectivity between different social groups increases information sharing and develops the trust and reciprocity necessary for collective action (P6) (52). Certain actors also serve as connectors to other landscapes, bringing outside perspectives and new ideas to local issues (P5) (51).

Network theory suggests that it is not only the presence of links and their strength that determine the resilience of ES to disturbances, but also that differences in system structure—specifically modularity and nestedness—are important (60, 61). Modularity refers to the extent to which there are subsets of densely connected nodes that are loosely connected to other subsets of nodes. Nestedness is the degree to which specialist nodes (nodes with few links) interact with subsets of generalist nodes (nodes with a lot of links). Modular ecosystems, e.g., lakes, are functionally independent locally and can prevent disturbances from spreading across space or cascading across scales (62). More generally, increased spatial heterogeneity in landscapes or between actor groups is associated with greater diversity in connections between nodes as well as with increased modularity and nestedness (51, 63). Although disturbances may still cause severe impacts in a particular node, they are less likely to spread widely in such systems (60).

Under What Conditions May Resilience Be Compromised?

Even though connectivity facilitates recovery following a disturbance, strongly connected systems may be less resilient to disturbances. Modeling results show that, in highly connected systems, disturbances can propagate rapidly, leading to widespread impacts on SES and associated ES (60, 63). Pest outbreaks, disease epidemics, invasion of alien species, and even financial crises, such as the global spread of the 2008 recession triggered by the collapse of the US housing market, confirm the high risk of propagation of disturbances in strongly connected systems (64, 65). High levels of connectivity among actors can lead to synchronized behavior and unsustainable resource extraction or to strong barriers for changing unsustainable practices (49). For example, in dense social networks, information about a change in market price for timber can spread quickly and result in deforestation as multiple actors take advantage of market conditions (66). This risk is lower in less-connected systems, especially when these systems are heterogeneous (63).

In highly modular or nested systems, resilience may be jeopardized if some components become overly important compared to others (41, 67). Removal of important components, such as keystone species or highly connected patches, may trigger cascading waves of extinctions (P1). For example, models of Madagascar's dry-forest dynamics suggest that rapid declines in pollination services could occur if small forest patches are removed from the landscape, owing to their impacts on the spatial configuration of the remaining forest area (68). In social networks, actors tend to have strong ties to other actors with similar characteristics (69). These ties can lead to modular systems with high connectivity between resource users with similar perspectives and knowledge, i.e., the “who you know is what you know” phenomenon (51). If subgroups that actively use certain ES are not engaged in management of those ES, critical knowledge of systems' functioning and monitoring can be missed (P5) (70), and there may be a reduced potential for collective action (P6).

Conclusion and Research Needs

High levels of connectivity can facilitate ecological recovery after a disturbance and the development of the trust necessary for collective action in social systems. However, highly connected systems increase the potential for disturbances to spread and enhance the risk of homogenization of knowledge, which can lead to suboptimal management. Consequently, there is a trade-off in costs and benefits with increasing levels of connectivity, so that the resilience of ES appears to be highest in moderately connected systems, especially when heterogeneity is high.

Much remains to be understood regarding the practical applications of managing connectivity to enhance resilience of ES. Although there is a substantial body of theoretical work that evaluates how connectivity affects resilience under different conditions, few empirical studies explicitly test the relationship between connectivity and resilience of ES. One major difficulty lies in identifying and measuring connectivity. This is due to the large number of currencies for quantifying connectivity in SES (e.g., flow of energy, resources, information, interaction strengths, species movements), difficulties in defining the boundaries and agents in network representations of SES, and the dearth of longitudinal data illustrating social network dynamics. This problem is aggravated by the fact that connectivity is not a constant property: The strength and structure of links may vary over time. Another major need is to better understand which dimensions of connectivity can most effectively be manipulated to enhance the resilience of ES.

PRINCIPLE 3: MANAGE SLOW VARIABLES AND FEEDBACKS

SES consist of variables that change and interact on a range of timescales (10, 71). Slow variables determine the underlying structure of SES, whereas the dynamics of the system typically arise from interactions and feedbacks between fast variables that respond to the conditions created by the slow variables. In relation to ES, such as crop production and drinking water (which represent fast variables), slow variables include, for example, soil composition and phosphorous concentrations in lake sediments (62). Slow ecological variables are often linked to regulating ES, e.g., climate regulation, flood regulation, and disease control (72). Social variables, including legal systems, values, and traditions, can also be important slow variables in relation to provisioning and cultural ES (73).

Feedbacks occur when a change in a particular variable, process or signal either reinforces (positive feedback) or dampens (negative feedback) subsequent changes of the same type. For example, introduced grasses in Hawaii promote fire, which further benefits the grasses at the expense of native shrub species, creating a self-reinforcing dynamic that is very difficult to break (74). The classic concept of economic equilibrium is based on negative feedback: Any increase in production drives down prices, which will, in turn, reduce production if it is above the optimal level of profitability (75). Monitoring is a specific form of feedback, in which information about the state or responses of the SES feeds back to actors so that they can change the way they utilize, affect, or manage a SES.

How Do Slow Variables and Feedbacks Enhance the Resilience of Ecosystem Services?

Changes in slow variables and feedbacks can lead to nonlinear changes or regime shifts in SES if certain thresholds are exceeded, with substantial impacts on the set of ES produced by the SES. Regime shifts are large, persistent, and often abrupt changes in the structure and dynamics of SES that occur when there is a reorganization of the dominant feedbacks in a system and are a common feature in CAS (76). An iconic example occurs in lakes, which can shift from a clear to a turbid water regime with marked impacts on ES, such as drinking water and water-based recreation (62). Regime shifts usually result from a combination of a shock (e.g., large rainstorm) and gradual changes in slow variables (e.g., nutrient accumulation) that erode the strength of the dominant feedbacks. When a critical threshold is crossed, a different set of feedbacks becomes dominant, and the system reorganizes, often abruptly, into a new regime with a different characteristic structure, behavior, and set of ES.

Strengthening the stabilizing feedbacks in a system can help maintain a particular SES regime and associated ES in the face of external stresses, e.g., climate change (77). For example, coral reefs can shift between regimes dominated by hard corals that provide ES (e.g., fisheries and ecotourism) and regimes dominated by seaweed. The resilience of the hard-coral regime can be enhanced by promoting the abundance of herbivores (e.g., parrot fish that graze on seaweed), as it reduces the possibility for seaweed to become established in the face of shocks such as coral-bleaching events (53). Feedbacks in the governance system can also be strengthened to enhance the resilience of hard corals by, for instance, creating governance structures that support the empowerment of reef users and provide incentives to prevent overfishing (78).

In other cases, it may be necessary to disrupt or weaken the feedbacks that keep an SES in a resilient but undesired regime. This can be particularly important in ecosystem restoration projects and to facilitate transformation of an SES into a new regime that produces a more desirable set of ES (79, 80). For example, fire suppression may lead to invasion of grasslands by trees, but restoring grasslands and associated grazing ES cannot be achieved simply by reintroducing fire (81). This is because once trees reach a certain critical size, they are not killed by fire and inhibit fires from burning. Grassland restoration often requires the physical removal of the trees to give grasses the opportunity to re-establish and enable fires to burn. Provided fires then occur frequently enough, the grassland will be maintained by fire because the fires kill small trees. Social feedbacks can similarly keep a system locked in an undesirable regime and require weakening to enable transformation. For example, in the Amudarya River basin in Central Asia, reinforcing feedbacks in the agricultural system, vested interests, and a patronage system keep the system locked in an unsustainable water management regime that cannot meet the needs of the region (82).

It has been proposed that critical thresholds in slow variables can be avoided by conserving regulating ES (83, 84). A decline in regulating services, such as erosion control and nutrient cycling, for example, contributed to desertification-related regime shifts during the Dust Bowl years in the United States, and during the 1980s and 1990s in the Sahel (1). Similarly, modifications to the water cycle through agriculture can lead to changes in the timing and flows of water, contributing to regime shifts in downstream water bodies, soil moisture regimes, and microclimates, as well as potentially reducing the long-term capacity of agricultural systems to produce food in some parts of the world (83).

Under What Conditions May Resilience Be Compromised?

The absence of monitoring information on changes in slow variables and feedbacks is often an important contributor to environmental degradation and loss of resilience (P5). For example, in the Goulburn Broken catchment in southeast Australia, the slow rise in groundwater tables resulting from vegetation clearing remained unknown until water tables rose above a critical threshold that led to soil salinization and significantly impacted agricultural production (85). Slow variables are often ignored in monitoring and management as attention tends to focus on fast variables that show more variability and response over short timescales and that are often easier to observe. Opportunities to learn about changes in slow variables and feedbacks are also hampered, in part, because it is difficult to detect or predict regime shifts (62). However, emerging work on early warning indicators of regime shifts based on changes in the statistical behavior (e.g., rising variance, autocorrelation) of a system as it approaches a critical threshold provides some promise of improved monitoring possibilities in the future (86).

Monitoring information alone is, however, insufficient to avoid loss of resilience of ES. Even where slow variables are acknowledged and monitored, appropriate action may not occur for a variety of reasons. For instance, although several key slow variables and feedbacks are known with respect to climate change, vested and competing interests, and lack of agreement on the appropriate responses, have hampered the implementation of a coordinated international response (48). Establishing governance structures that can effectively respond to information about changes in slow variables is therefore equally critical to preventing regime shifts that undermine the provision of desired ES.

Management interventions that obscure, remove, or ignore stabilizing feedbacks that underlie the provision of desired ES can erode the resilience of ES. For example, it has been argued that the 2005 flood in New Orleans was partially caused by human-engineered modifications to the delta system that did not permit natural sediment and flood dynamics to absorb changes in water flows (87). In other cases, policies or markets can send signals to resource users and change feedbacks; for example, spikes in commodity prices can lead to overexploitation of agricultural ecosystems (88). In such cases, introducing appropriate rules or incentives can create feedbacks that dampen the effect of such disturbances.

Conclusion and Research Needs

The theoretical basis for the importance of managing slow variables and feedbacks to maintain SES regimes that produce desired bundles of ES is widely acknowledged in the resilience literature. However, practical experience with identifying and managing key slow variables and feedbacks to avoid regime shifts, particularly beyond the handful of well-documented shifts, such as lake eutrophication, is currently limited. Maintaining regulating ES as a proxy for managing slow variables might be a practical way forward.

Critical research gaps relate to better understanding what regime shifts may occur in different SES and their impacts on ES. Identifying the key slow variables, feedbacks, and thresholds that trigger different regime shifts and understanding possible cascading effects between different regime shifts are also key gaps. An important emerging area of research involves improved statistical detection of regime shifts in situations where the dynamics of the feedbacks and slow variables underlying the shifts are poorly understood. Finally, more research is needed on how to manage feedbacks to avoid regime shifts in practical SES management settings.

PRINCIPLE 4: FOSTER AN UNDERSTANDING OF SOCIAL-ECOLOGICAL SYSTEMS AS COMPLEX ADAPTIVE SYSTEMS

This principle refers to an understanding and appreciation among scientists and managers of the properties of CAS and their implications for the management of SES. Key properties include the possibility of emergent macroscale SES behavior that cannot be predicted from individual system components, the fact that SES are continually evolving and adapting in response to internal system feedbacks, and an acknowledgment of the pervasiveness of uncertainty in SES (19, 89). Understanding SES as CAS constitutes a particular mental model, or cognitive framework, used to interpret and understand the world and decide on appropriate actions (90).

How Does Understanding Social-Ecological Systems as Complex Adaptive Systems Enhance Resilience of Ecosystem Services?

Fostering an understanding of SES as CAS among actors involved in SES management is thought to enhance the resilience of ES by emphasizing holistic (rather than reductionist) approaches, the management of multiple ES and trade-offs in an integrated way, and the importance of slow variables, lags, and feedbacks in SES dynamics (P3) (16, 91). A CAS worldview also emphasizes the substantial uncertainties surrounding SES and therefore the need to continually learn and experiment (P5) and adaptively manage uncertainty, disturbance, and surprise rather than attempt to eliminate it (11, 71). Understanding SES as CAS therefore does not directly influence the resilience of ES but affects the choice of management approaches.

Evidence for the importance of understanding SES as CAS is suggested primarily by the consequences of a lack of such understanding. Holling & Meffe (91) cite abundant empirical evidence of conventional resource management practices that optimize provision of a narrow set of ES on the basis of linear, reductionist mental models of ecosystems, which inadvertently undermine the ability of these systems to continue producing ES in the face of disturbance and change. Specific examples include the Gariep basin in South Africa (92), the Western Australia wheat belt (88), the Everglades and the Goulburn Broken catchment (12). Similarly, widespread mismanagement of fisheries (93) and forests (94) is partly attributed to forms of management based on technical, reductionist, and one-size-fits-all approaches.

Examples of transformations in ecosystem management suggest that changes in underlying mental models that acknowledge the characteristics of SES as CAS can lead to improvements in the resilience of ES. One example is the large-scale rezoning of Australia's Great Barrier Reef, driven by increased recognition of the importance of connectivity, nonlinear change, and multiscale interactions in coral reef systems (95). The aim of the rezoning was to enhance the resilience of ecosystem functions to a range of perturbations including coral bleaching and cyclones. Recent monitoring indicates that the approach has improved the reef's ability to provide a diversity of ES (55). In South Africa's Kruger National Park, increased emphasis on the value of variation in maintaining biodiversity has led managers to move away from objectives that aim to keep ecosystem conditions, such as elephant populations and fire frequencies, fixed at optimal levels. Instead, elephant numbers and fires are now allowed to fluctuate between specified boundaries (96). This shift has reduced the human investment needed to manage ecosystems and has increased the variety of ecosystem and habitat types, as well as the opportunities for specialist species that support particular ES.

Understanding SES as CAS can be facilitated by a number of analytical frameworks and tools. These include the Millennium Ecosystem Assessment conceptual framework (1) and the adaptive cycle (71). Methodologies such as scenario planning (a structured process of exploring and evaluating future complexity and uncertainty) have proven particularly powerful and have been used successfully in a wide range of SES settings, including tropical forest communities, lakeshore management in the United States, and political change in South Africa (97, 98).

Under What Conditions May Resilience Be Compromised?

Presenting the concept of complexity in ways that do not create a sense of bewilderment remains a key challenge in practical ecosystem management settings. Complexity can be understood in a number of ways, some of which do not reflect an appreciation of the fundamental properties of CAS. For example, complexity is sometimes taken to mean all dimensions of a system that are not yet understood (89). Viewing complexity simply as the unknown tends to overwhelm managers and lead to gridlock and stagnation. When combined with more traditional views about the need for reducing uncertainty before taking action, such interpretations may lead managers to invest heavily in monitoring and data collection, rather than encourage the use of adaptive approaches that allow for uncertainty (38).

Management based on an understanding of SES as CAS often challenges existing institutional arrangements and worldviews, and may face substantial opposition (19). It implies a more integrated approach that is difficult to address across governance units that are usually separate (e.g., water and land). In addition, it often implies a change in management paradigm from a focus on causality and control, to a focus on coping with change and uncertainty, which may be difficult to operationalize in contexts that focus on accountability and meeting targets (16). At the same time, it remains unclear to what extent the motivation for managers to engage in adaptive learning approaches is founded explicitly on an understanding of CAS. In practice, an understanding of SES as CAS is likely to co-emerge and be reinforced by learning-focused approaches such as adaptive management (P5).

Conclusion and Research Needs

There is some empirical evidence to suggest that understanding of SES as CAS can facilitate the management of SES in ways that enhance the resilient provision of ES, mainly through the choice of management approaches that allow for uncertainty, variability, and change. Much of this evidence comes from examples in which a lack of such understanding has eroded the resilience of ES. However, it remains unclear to what extent an understanding of SES as CAS underlies the adoption of adaptive management approaches as well as the importance of such understanding for the resilience of ES.

There are several key research gaps with respect to the role of understanding SES as CAS in enhancing the resilience of ES. First, there is a need to better define what this understanding is and a need to understand the degree to which a greater understanding of SES as CAS leads to management choices that enhance the resilience of ES. Second, there is a need to determine how to best invest efforts in fostering the understanding of SES as CAS, and whether there are aspects of this understanding that are more important than others in enhancing resilience of ES. A third key gap is to better understand what tools and processes (e.g., scenario planning, participatory approaches, adaptive management) are most effective in helping to shift mental models toward a greater understanding of SES as CAS.

PRINCIPLE 5: ENCOURAGE LEARNING AND EXPERIMENTATION

The term learning has been used loosely in the resilience literature, which has been criticized for conflating the concepts of social learning and organizational (or loop) learning (99). We define learning as the process of modifying existing or acquiring new knowledge, behaviors, skills, values, or preferences. Learning is inherently located at the individual level, but also goes beyond the individual to become situated within wider groups, organizations, or communities of practice, where it is referred to as social learning (99). Social learning occurs through social interactions (e.g., conversations between actors within social networks) and can take place through intentional, facilitated processes (100); or it can be an emergent outcome (101). Participation (P6) is therefore a key enabler of social learning.

How Do Learning and Experimentation Enhance Resilience of Ecosystem Services?

Learning has been considered fundamental to building resilience and dealing with uncertainty in SES since at least the late 1970s (38, 71). The need for learning is based on the assumptions that knowledge is always incomplete and that uncertainty, change, and surprise are inevitable in complex SES. Hence, there is a constant need to revise existing knowledge to enable adaptation to evolution and change in SES, as well as to maintain ES in the face of disturbance and change (11, 12).

Various traditional practices underpin the generation, accumulation, and transmission of knowledge and institutions for responding to and managing ecological surprises (102). These include practices such as multiple-species and landscape patchiness management, which enable comparison and learning about responses of different species or vegetation communities. Traditional learning-based approaches also include mechanisms for cultural internalization of new practices and the adaptation of worldviews and cultural values. For example, in the traditional caribou-hunting Cree society, an event of extreme overhunting that resulted in the disappearance of caribou in the early 1900s triggered the development of a more conservationist approach that became encoded in the ethical and cultural beliefs of the Cree (102).

In contemporary settings, experimentation and monitoring are widely used tools for facilitated learning in natural resource management. Monitoring provides information about changes in SES and ES, whereas experimentation involves the active manipulation of particular SES processes and structures to observe and compare outcomes (38). Although monitoring and experimentation have often been carried out by specialist agencies and universities, there is growing recognition of the importance of broader participation in the learning process by all parties involved in SES governance and management (P6) (103). Monitoring and experimentation are central to adaptive management and adaptive comanagement (38, 104), which typically involve a series of management experiments that support learning about SES responses to management actions or disturbances. The participatory nature of adaptive management and comanagement enables sharing and reflecting on experiences, ideas, and values with others, which builds trust and relationships and facilitates social learning as well as collective action (P6) (101).

Learning can occur at different levels (105, 106), which contribute in different ways to enhancing resilience of ES. Single-loop learning comprises a change in skills, practices, or actions to meet existing goals and expectations; this learning focuses on the question, Are we doing things right? In contrast, double-loop learning actively questions the assumptions that underlie action by asking, Are we doing the right things? For example, a study of US community-based forestry organizations found that collaborative monitoring activities led to single-loop learning (recommendations for optimal treatment of invasive weed species that threaten forests) and double-loop learning (realization of the impact of salvaging timber) (107). Triple-loop learning involves a more deep-seated questioning of values and norms that underlie institutions and actions by asking, How do we know what the right thing to do is? Triple-loop learning can result in the restructuring of beliefs and values, underlies transformations in worldviews, and may prompt changes in ecosystem governance and management approaches (16, 108).

More generally, evidence suggests that learning can contribute to improved governance processes that affect the resilience of ES. For example, participatory learning processes can help actors learn about each other's mental models (P4), which builds social capital, in turn supporting institutional change and conflict resolution (109, 110). Sendzimir et al. (111) found that learning processes led to a paradigm shift in how to manage the Tisza River basin in Europe—from a conventional command-and-control paradigm to one based on living with water. This encompasses integrated solutions for a multifunctional landscape that combine flood protection with restoration of ecological conditions in rivers, which contrasts with earlier engineering-based approaches.

Under What Conditions May Resilience Be Compromised?

Evidence in support of learning and experimentation does not indicate what type of learning is most appropriate and under what conditions; however, it is clear that the design of the learning process is crucial. Experience suggests that, to be effective, the process of monitoring and learning needs to be collaborative and long-term as well as able to withstand the impact of short-term politics and objectives (112, 113). Power dynamics in particular can influence how learning takes place, including who is learning, the linkages between learners, what type of learning takes place, whose knowledge is included and integrated or discarded, and what is monitored (114, 115). Powerful stakeholders can dominate poorly implemented learning processes and assert the standing and influence of their own knowledge, thereby co-opting or misrepresenting other voices within communities (116). For example, power concentrated in the national government can stifle the potential contribution of learning and innovation at the local scale (117).

Experimentation applied at the wrong scale (for example, over short timescales or limited spatial scales) can lead to inappropriate management decisions or fail to provide an adequate basis for decision making (101). By its nature, experimentation in SES is risky and requires leadership, trust, networks, and resources. When a community's social capital is so eroded that the community cannot afford to make mistakes, social capital might have to be built up or provided from other scales before experimentation can be considered (118). The learning process also needs to guard against maladaptive or dysfunctional learning, which threatens the system's function or may require processes of unlearning. Institutional conditions are important in this respect as they act as barriers as well as facilitators of learning at different levels (114).

Conclusion and Research Needs

A long-held assumption in SES management is that learning and experimentation are important for understanding SES and provide an important (though not sufficient) basis for adapting management to ensure continued provision of ES in the face of disturbance and change. However, the evidence in support of learning and experimentation does not indicate what type of learning works and under what conditions. We know, however, that learning can play a key role in changing worldviews (P4) and that the design of learning processes, particularly the participatory aspects (P6), is crucial to guard against maladaptive learning and domination of the learning process by powerful subgroups.

There are numerous research gaps and challenges with respect to how learning promotes resilience of ES. First, there is a need for greater conceptual clarity on what loop learning and social learning are, as well as on how each contributes to the resilience of ES. Second, there is a need to better understand the conditions and institutions that support learning to inform the design of learning processes in practice. A third gap relates to how different types of knowledge can be integrated at the same scale and across scales to facilitate learning. Other key challenges include the influence and negotiation of power asymmetries in the learning process and developing methods to monitor and evaluate whether learning has taken place in a given setting.

PRINCIPLE 6: BROADEN PARTICIPATION

Participation refers to the active engagement of relevant stakeholders in the management and governance process (119). Participation can range from simply informing stakeholders to complete devolution of power (120) and can occur in different stages of a management process: from identifying problems and goals to implementing policy, monitoring results, and evaluating outcomes. The resilience literature generally considers participation for pragmatic rather than ideological (e.g., human rights) reasons, focusing on stakeholders with an active interest in the management of ES or with relevant local or scientific knowledge (101).

How Does Participation Enhance Resilience of Ecosystem Services?

Participation appears central to facilitating the collective action required to respond to disturbance and changes in SES and ES (121, 122). The participation of a diversity of stakeholders in SES management is suggested to improve legitimacy, facilitate monitoring and enforcement, promote understanding of system dynamics, and improve a management system's capacity to detect and interpret shocks and disturbances (123, 124). Demonstrated outcomes of participatory processes include increased levels of cooperation between actors, increased transparency through greater sharing of information, and increased capacity to feed information directly into management decisions (103, 125). These factors are often necessary (but not sufficient) for responding to changes in SES through adaptation of management practices and institutions, and therefore contribute to maintaining the resilience of ES.

Participation can be particularly important in strengthening the link between information gathering and decision making. This link is considered vital for ongoing learning (P5) and effective decision making. Evidence from the Philippines and elsewhere suggests that participatory approaches tend to increase the comprehension and perceived validity of information and its use in decision making (125, 126). Evidence from China indicates that participation in monitoring can promote learning processes that create opportunities for consensus building, collective sense making, and action (127). In Ecuador and elsewhere, evidence points to a shift in perceptions and attitudes as a positive outcome of participatory monitoring (103). A shift in perceptions and attitudes can lead to a questioning of existing institutions and decision making, which may facilitate a transition to more appropriate governance arrangements that enhance the resilience of ES (P4) (16).

Participation of a variety of actors, including those with nonscientific or experiential knowledge, is thought to promote understanding of SES dynamics by providing a range of ecological, social, and political perspectives that may not be gleaned through more traditional scientific processes (114, 123). To what extent such greater understanding is actually achieved, and if and how it enhances the resilience of ES beyond increasing the capacity for collective action, is linked to gaps in our understanding of learning (P5) and difficult to establish from the existing literature.

Under What Conditions May Resilience Be Compromised?

Although ample evidence suggests that participation can contribute to enhanced resilience of ES, this will not occur in all cases but depends on the participants, the process, and the social environment (119). Participatory strategies that fail to build social capital, or fail to effectively link to natural systems, can degrade the resilience of ES. For example, Büscher & Schoon (128) show how transfrontier conservation areas, promoted as “peace parks,” often lead to competition and conflict between stakeholders instead of the envisioned collaboration and mutual understanding needed for successful conservation efforts. Similarly, participation of groups focused on short-term gains rather than long-term resilience can degrade rather than enhance the resilience of ES (7). Who participates and what they contribute are context specific and need to be continually revised throughout the policy process or adaptive management cycle (119).

The success of participation further depends on the institutional setting in which it takes place. For example, weak forms of comanagement that promote the devolution of responsibility to local resource users without the authority to act to protect resources may degrade the resilience of ES. In Chilean fisheries and elsewhere, formalized comanagement agreements undermined previously strong local resource management institutions (70). The agreements added a layer of formal management structure between resource users and the resource, weakening local capacity to respond to changes in the resource base. A similar situation has been reported in Canada where government-driven participatory strategies, overlaid on unrecognized indigenous rights, hastened resource extraction as a way of asserting government over indigenous sovereignty (129).

Conclusion and Research Needs

The role of participation in ecosystem management is well accepted (104, 122). Participation appears to function mainly as a facilitating mechanism that promotes the capacity for learning (P5) and collective action in response to SES change. However, evidence highlighting the importance of participation is equally matched with evidence demonstrating situations in which participation may undermine the resilience of ES. A nuanced understanding of who participates, under what conditions participation is appropriate, and how participation takes place is therefore essential. The participation of stakeholders should not be accepted as beneficial to resilience of ES in all cases.

A key research challenge is to better understand how participatory processes support resilience under different conditions, such as different institutional settings, resource-poor versus resource-rich contexts, and urban versus rural systems. Second, we lack an understanding of the most effective processes for participation, including who should be involved and who decides on this, as well as of the timing, approaches, and tools for participative processes in different contexts. Third, there are very few empirical studies that demonstrate the outcomes of participatory processes for resilience of ES. Key gaps relate to the identification of indicators or other metrics to evaluate both the outcomes of participatory tools and processes and also the implications of these for ES resilience.

PRINCIPLE 7: PROMOTE POLYCENTRIC GOVERNANCE SYSTEMS

Polycentricity refers to a governance system with multiple governing authorities at differing scales (23). Governance is defined as the exercise of deliberation and decision making among groups of people who have various sources of authority to act and may be practiced through a variety of organizational forms (e.g., bureaucratic department, watershed council, nonprofit organization). In polycentric systems, each governance unit has independence within a specified geographic area and domain of authority, and each unit may link with others horizontally on common issues and be nested within broader governance units vertically. One of the key principles of polycentricity is to match governance levels to the scale of the problem (130). It is thus particularly relevant to resources like ES that have strong multiscale aspects.

How Does Polycentricity Enhance Resilience of Ecosystem Services?

Although there is an absence of studies on the role of polycentric governance in the resilient provision of ES, there are many examples of how elements of polycentricity enhance the capacity of SES to sustain desired ES. Polycentric structures confer modularity and functional redundancy that can preserve key SES elements in the face of disturbance and change (P1, P2). For example, broader levels of governance can step in when lower levels collapse and fail. The US federal government's capacity to protect endangered species in cases where local efforts prove ineffectual is one example (131). By contrast, where institutional failure occurs at the national and international levels, local-level conservation actions can provide functional redundancy by protecting species through assisted migration and other place-based actions (132).

Polycentric systems also provide opportunities for enhanced learning and experimentation (P5), as well as broader levels of participation (P6) in governance. Governance at multiple smaller scales enhances opportunities for participation and creates natural experiments for testing different policies (23, 52). One example is the collaboration between local and state governance units in the lobster fisheries of Maine (133), where local communities have crafted multiple individualized context-specific rules, often building on innovations from neighboring groups. Other examples include the interplay between local ejidos, the state, and the national government in Mexican forest governance (134); the importance of nested cross-scale linkages with higher levels of governance in the Seri fisheries of the Gulf of California (135); and comanagement of protected areas (136).

Polycentricity helps capitalize on scale-specific knowledge (e.g., traditional and local knowledge) to aid learning through sharing of information, experience, and knowledge across scales (101). Local levels with more direct linkage to resource provision and use provide the basis for experimentation and institutional diversity from which successes can be shared with others. This is particularly evident in local and regional water governance where polycentric governance structures facilitate participation by a broad range of governance actors, experimentation, and the incorporation of local, traditional, and scientific knowledge (137).

Under What Conditions May Resilience Be Compromised?

Polycentric governance raises three key challenges, which, if not resolved, may lead to degradation of ES at one or more scales. The first is that of scale mismatch (130). ES are produced at a wide range of scales, from local provision of food to global climate regulation. Matching governance levels to the scales of different ES may call for an impractically large number of governance arrangements. However, where a mismatch exists between the scale of governance and a particular ES, lack of understanding, enforcement, and resources at the appropriate scale may lead to failures, as, for example, in the lack of institutions governing global marine fisheries (93).

A second challenge is that of negotiating trade-offs between various ES users (3, 7). Trade-offs may occur when impacts are incurred by those not affecting or benefiting from an ES, or between conflicting goals and needs among users of current or potential ES. In such cases, a polycentric approach may lead to degradation of ES at some scales if powerful elites can externalize trade-offs from their area of interest (e.g., constituency). An example of this phenomenon is the trade-off between domestic energy security and mitigating climate change when countries determine oil and gas development policies at a national level but do not account for the impacts of these policies beyond their borders (138).

Trade-offs between and across both scales and user groups link to a third challenge: the process of resolving conflict and making collective decisions over how to allocate trade-offs. One of the largest problems in SES governance arises from who bears the costs and who benefits from enhancing resilience in favor of particular ES (7, 121). Polycentric governance systems enable those dissatisfied with the political process at one scale to go “scale shopping” for a more favorable political venue in which to frame a specific issue, as when local nongovernmental organizations dissatisfied with their national government's policies advocate for international regimes over the same issue (139).

Evidence further suggests that polycentric governance structures are most effective in securing resilience of ES in cases where groups have open communication, accountability for actions, and time to work together to build trust and social capital (121). An example is the traditional management of provisioning services in the Chisasibi First Nation of Cree (101). Where the conditions of open communication, accountability, and trust are not met, as in the management of the Everglades for a variety of regulating services, polycentric governance is less, or not, effective (71).

Polycentric approaches are just one tool of governance. Under some situations, particularly short timescales or crises where coordination across scales impedes necessary action, there may be other tools (including top-down coercion or market approaches) that alone may accomplish specific goals more effectively than through a polycentric system (140, 141).

Conclusion and Research Needs

Polycentricity contributes to the resilience of ES by providing a governance structure that facilitates other key resilience-enhancing principles, especially redundancy (P1), modularity (P2), learning and experimentation (P5), and participation (P6). However, simply establishing polycentric institutions is insufficient; the social processes enabling polycentric governance are essential to its success. These social processes include building trust and social capital, maintaining or developing strong leadership, and bridging scales through the use of explicit strategies (52, 123). In addition, coordination among scales and governance units, and negotiating trade-offs among ES users at different scales, is critical to effective polycentric governance.

Key knowledge gaps with respect to polycentricity and its role in enhancing resilience of ES revolve around the implementation of polycentric governance and monitoring progress over time. Specifically, to what extent can polycentricity be designed? And what are the key indicators for measuring polycentricity? There is also a need to better understand how polycentricity functions in different contexts and whether it is appropriate in all systems. In cases where polycentricity has failed, there is a need to better understand the mechanisms of failure: Is it due to the polycentric structures themselves, poor implementation of polycentric principles, or some other cause? Comparative analysis of different polycentric systems could greatly advance our understanding in this respect.

CONCLUSION

Ensuring an adequate and reliable flow of essential ES to meet the needs of the twenty-first century is an enormous challenge (1, 4). In a world undergoing rapid social-ecological change, enhancing the resilience of key ES to increasing levels of disturbance and underlying system change can make an important contribution to meeting this challenge. Although a definitive set of principles for enhancing the resilience of SES and the ES they produce does not yet exist, our review suggests that there is sufficient knowledge about a preliminary set of principles to provide practical guidance for enhancing the resilience of ES. At the same time, this review supports the conclusions of Ostrom (142) that there are no panaceas for environmental governance. None of the principles are universally beneficial, and all require a nuanced understanding of how, when, and where they apply, as well as how they interact with or depend on other principles. Context matters, and ensuring the enhanced resilience of ES depends as much on how the individual principles are applied as on achieving an appropriate combination of principles.

We found evidence for the importance of all seven principles presented in this review, albeit none of the principles are fully established or understood. The roles of connectivity (P2), slow variables and feedbacks (P3), and participation (P6) in enhancing the resilience of ES are fairly well understood, and there is substantial evidence for their importance. While there is also substantial evidence for the importance of diversity (P1) and polycentricity (P7), the most important mechanisms by which these principles act to enhance the resilience of ES are less well understood, possibly because these principles are so multifaceted. In the case of understanding SES as CAS (P4) and learning (P5), both the evidence about the importance of these principles and the mechanisms by which they enhance the resilience of ES remain somewhat unclear, partly owing to a lack of conceptual clarity on what understanding CAS and learning actually are in the context of ES governance. Additional research is needed to clarify these two concepts, as well as to gain a clearer understanding of the most important ways in which diversity and polycentricity contribute to the resilience of ES.

This review also highlights the interdependence among different principles: Applying any one principle in isolation will rarely lead to enhanced resilience of ES. For instance, polycentric governance and effective learning both depend on the social capital and trust developed through participation, whereas connectivity may not enhance resilience in the absence of diversity among nodes. A preliminary conclusion from our review is that effective participation (P6) is a precondition for the successful application of learning (P5) and polycentric governance (P7), while diversity and redundancy (P1) act in combination with connectivity (P2) to increase resilience of ES. Understanding SES as CAS (P4) may be a precondition for all the principles, or at least may substantially enhance their effectiveness, but there is little clear evidence for this. Managing slow variables and feedbacks (P3) appears to be a more independent principle, although it has clear links to learning (P5), diversity (P1), connectivity (P2), and understanding SES as CAS (P4). Better understanding of the interdependencies among principles is a critical area for future research.

Our review emphasizes the paucity of empirical evidence supporting the different principles. This can be attributed to conceptual difficulties regarding many principles; operational difficulties in measuring the impacts of the principles on resilience of ES (6); more generally, the nature of SES as CAS; and the relatively recent focus on ES and resilience research. The complex interactions in SES make it challenging to isolate a particular system property or principle (e.g., diversity) and establish its connection to the resilience of ES (71). Even if the effect of a particular principle is known, the fact that SES evolve and change over time implies that causal links may change (89). Furthermore, the relevant system processes often happen over long timescales, which make it difficult to assess the effect of a principle within the time frame of a typical empirical study or management experiment (62). The indicators needed to monitor long-term, nonlinear, and variable change are generally not well developed and in some cases may require nontraditional methods and ways of thinking in their assessment. Much of the evidence in support of the principles is confined to a few well-developed, local-scale case studies, and this evidence is often drawn from experience with adaptive governance, which is a broad approach to managing SES that encompasses multiple principles. Isolating the contribution of individual principles is very difficult, and in fact, the separation between principles may be more of an analytical construct than a reflection of individual, separable factors operating within an SES.

There is a pressing need for a better understanding of how the principles can be operationalized and applied in different contexts. This is particularly challenging, given that the principles are interdependent and to some extent emergent. To what extent can, and should, we design for them? And how do we best do so? Comparative case studies as envisaged by the new international Programme on Ecosystem Change and Society (143) could provide a powerful basis for generating an understanding of the importance of different principles and combinations of principles for the resilience of ES under different conditions, as well as for piloting different approaches to their application. To some extent, the replication of case studies across space can substitute for the long time dimensions needed to understand changes in ES as factors, such as diversity or learning, are increased or reduced (144). Furthermore, a multiscale design can help broaden our understanding of the principles to larger scales, particularly the regional scale, and help determine how the resilience of ES at the regional scale depends on resilience at local and global scales. Comprehensive frameworks that provide a basis for detailed, comparative, multiscale SES studies have been developed (1, 142) and provide a useful starting point. A stepped evidence-based approach in which one gradually builds knowledge of a complex system while learning about what works under specific circumstances may also be a useful way forward (92).

We highlight one final challenge: generalization. Much resilience science to date has either been incredibly general or very specific. To be useful, especially for addressing the pressing social-ecological problems society faces, we need a better understanding of the middle ground between these extremes: an understanding that enables sensitivity to context but is not entirely context dependent. This review has attempted to provide a useful step in that direction.

SUMMARY POINTS

We reviewed seven generic principles for enhancing the resilience of ES, i.e., the capacity of SES to sustain a desired set of ES in the face of disturbance and ongoing change. In practice, these principles are often highly interdependent and co-occur. Although some principles are better established than others, there is evidence that all are important. More research is needed to better understand the principles and how they can be operationalized and applied in different contexts. These principles include

1.

Maintain diversity and redundancy: Response diversity in combination with functional redundancy is particularly important for maintaining ES in the face of disturbance. In general, ES produced by SES with high levels of diversity and redundancy tend to be more resilient than ES associated with low-diversity and low-redundancy systems. However, very high levels of diversity or redundancy come at the cost of increasing complexity and inefficiency, which tend to reduce the capacity for adaptation to slower, ongoing change.

2.

Manage connectivity: Connectivity can enhance resilience by providing links to sources of ecosystem recovery after a disturbance or providing new information and building trust in social networks. However, if connectivity is too high, a localized disturbance can spread throughout the system or knowledge can become overly homogenized.

3.

Manage slow variables and feedbacks: Managing slow variables and feedbacks is important for maintaining SES regimes that underlie the production of desired ES. However, there are substantial practical difficulties in identifying possible regime shifts and their consequences for ES, as well as the key slow variables that may trigger such shifts. Maintaining key regulating services as proxies for important slow variables may be a practical way forward.

4.

Foster an understanding of complex adaptive systems: Fostering an understanding of SES as CAS may increase the resilience of ES by emphasizing the need for more integrated approaches, the importance of continual learning, and the pervasiveness of uncertainty in the management of SES. However, empirical evidence is limited. In practice, understanding SES as CAS co-occurs and co-emerges with approaches that emphasize learning, experimentation, and participation.

5.

Encourage learning and experimentation: Learning about social-ecological dynamics through experimentation and monitoring is essential for enabling adaptation in response to changes in SES and ES. Learning at societal levels requires trust and appropriate relationships and institutions to flourish. The optimal ways in which learning for resilience might be facilitated are currently unclear and require further research.

6.

Broaden participation: Participation is important for building trust and relationships; it facilitates the learning and collective action needed to respond to change and disturbance in SES. However, a nuanced understanding is needed of who participates, under which conditions participation is appropriate, and how participation takes place.

7.

Promote polycentric governance systems: Polycentricity provides a governance structure that enables other key resilience-enhancing principles, especially learning and experimentation, participation, modularity, and redundancy. Coordination among governance units, negotiation of trade-offs between users, and social capital and trust are essential for effective polycentric arrangements.

FUTURE ISSUES

Our review suggests the following key areas for future research and application:

1.

Improved conceptual clarity and a mechanistic understanding are needed of the individual principles, the conditions under which they apply, and the interconnections among principles.

2.

Comparative studies and meta-analyses could help to better understand the principles, their interactions, and the conditions under which they apply. Improved frameworks that provide a common understanding of the key features of SES would greatly assist in developing such studies.

3.

Traditional evidence-based approaches are difficult to apply in the context of CAS and need to be complemented by new approaches and tools to study the dynamics of SES.

4.

A better understanding of how to operationalize and apply the principles in different contexts is needed. The most important needs are understanding how the principles can be applied in collaboration with key stakeholders, and developing better measures to evaluate success.

5.

To operationalize the principles, there is a critical need to understand and develop institutional arrangements and governance systems that facilitate the emergence and application of the principles, and provide a balance between control and flexibility.

disclosure statement

The authors of this article are members of the Resilience Alliance Young Scientists (RAYS) network. Dr. Martin Robards directs a program for the Wildlife Conservation Society and is on the Board of two other environmental nongovernmental organizations. The other coauthors are not aware of any affiliations, memberships, funding, or financial holdings that might be perceived as affecting the objectivity of this review.

acknowledgments

We acknowledge the legendary Ralf Yorque Jr. for her continued ability to inspire us during the inevitable surprises that this project entailed. Colleagues who acted as cross-examiners in the mock court workshop gave hugely valuable input on the first iteration of this review: Elinor Ostrom, Katrina Brown, Frances Westley, Per Olsson, Mike Jones, Line Gordon, Marty Anderies, and Christo Fabricius. We also thank RAYS members who acted as devil's advocates and discussants at this workshop: Victor Galaz, Terry Iverson, John Parker, Beatrice Crona, and Jacopo Baggio. We greatly appreciate the inputs of panelists at the Resilience Propositions on Trial panel, held at the Resilience 2011 Conference. We thank the Resilience Alliance surprises group for the original inspiration for this paper. R.B. was supported by a Branco Weiss Society in Science Fellowship and a fellowship from the Stellenbosch Institute for Advanced Study (STIAS) while coordinating the article. M.S. was supported by a Branco Weiss Society in Science Fellowship and acknowledges the Project Besatzfisch funded by the German Ministry of Education and Research in the Program for Social-Ecological Research (grant 01UU0907). G.C. acknowledges a Rhodes University postdoctoral fellowship. V.D. is supported by a European Research Council grant awarded to Marten Scheffer and by a Marie Curie fellowship. L.S. thanks Ebba och Sven Schwartz Stiftelse for support.

literature cited

  • 1. 
    Millenn. Ecosyst. Assess. 2005. Ecosystems and Human Well-Being: Biodiversity Synthesis. Washington, DC: World Resour. Inst.
    • Google Scholar
    Article Locations:
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    More AR articles citing this reference

    • The Economic Value of Biodiversity

      Nick Hanley1 and Charles Perrings21Institute of Biodiversity, Animal Health and Comparative Medicine, University of Glasgow, Glasgow G12 8QQ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2School of Life Sciences, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA
      Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 11: 355 - 375
      • ...and climate regulation; or (c) that have aesthetic, scientific, totemic, or amenity value (Millenn. Ecosyst. Assess. 2005)....
      • ...Successive assessments of the state of biodiversity (Heywood & Watson 1995; IPBES 2018a,b,c; Millenn. Ecosyst. Assess. 2005...
    • ADAPTIVE GOVERNANCE OF SOCIAL-ECOLOGICAL SYSTEMS

      Carl Folke,1,2 Thomas Hahn,1 Per Olsson,1 and Jon Norberg21Centre for Transdisciplinary Environmental Research and 2Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 441 - 473
      • ...to sustain societal development seems to have been reduced over historical time (3, 4) and at increasing pace during the past century (5)....

  • 2. 
    Raudsepp-Hearne C, Peterson GD, Bennett EM. 2010. Ecosystem service bundles for analyzing tradeoffs in diverse landscapes. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 107:5242–47
    • Crossref
    • Medline
    • Web of Science ®
    • Google Scholar
    Article Locations:
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
  • 3. 
    Rodríguez JP, Beard TD Jr, Bennett EM, Cumming GS, Cork S, et al. 2006. Trade-offs across space, time, and ecosystem services. Ecol. Soc. 11:28
    • Crossref
    • Web of Science ®
    • Google Scholar
    Article Locations:
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
  • 4. 
    Intergov. Panel Clim. Change. 2007. Climate Change 2007: Synthesis Report. Geneva, Switz.: IPCC
    • Crossref
    • Google Scholar
    Article Locations:
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    More AR articles citing this reference

    • Understanding the Improbable: A Survey of Fat Tails in Environmental Economics

      Marc N. Conte1 and David L. Kelly21Department of Economics, Fordham University, Bronx, New York 10458, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics, University of Miami, Coral Gables, Florida 33146, USA; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 289 - 310
      • ... chooses the mean and variance of both the normal and Pareto distributions to match the mean and upper 15% quantiles of an average of GCMs considered by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC 2007)....
    • The Evolution of Integrated Assessment: Developing the Next Generation of Use-Inspired Integrated Assessment Tools

      Karen Fisher-Vanden1 and John Weyant21Department of Agricultural Economics, Sociology, and Education, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Management Science and Engineering, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305, USA; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 12: 471 - 487
      • ...these models generally focused on the physical impacts of changes in climate without assessing market impacts or imputing additional nonmarket global welfare losses on attributable to those physical system changes (IPCC 2001, 2007, 2014).3...
      • ...Despite increasingly urgent calls for action to address climate change in successive assessments by the IPCC (2001, 2007), ...
    • Arctic Archaeology and Climate Change

      Sean P.A. Desjardins and Peter D. JordanArctic Centre and the Groningen Institute of Archaeology, University of Groningen, 9718 CW Groningen, The Netherlands; email: [email protected], [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 48: 279 - 296
      • ...Between 1906 and 2005, the world's surface temperatures rose approximately 0.74°C (IPCC 2007, ...
    • Sustainable Living: Bridging the North-South Divide in Lifestyles and Consumption Debates

      Bronwyn Hayward1,2 and Joyashree Roy3,41Department of Political Science and International Relations, University of Canterbury, Christchurch 8140, New Zealand; email: [email protected]2Centre for Understanding Sustainable Prosperity, University of Surrey, Guildford GU2 7XH, United Kingdom3Asian Institute of Technology, Pathum Thani 12120, Thailand; email: [email protected], [email protected]4Global Change Programme, Jadavpur University, Kolkata, West Bengal 700032, India
      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 157 - 175
      • ...but have offered little detail about how such approaches can be achieved at scale (11; 12, ...
    • Climate Change and Conflict

      Vally Koubi1,21Center for Comparative and International Studies, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Zurich 8092, Switzerland; email: [email protected]2Institute of Economics, University of Bern, Bern 3001, Switzerland
      Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 22: 343 - 360
      • ...The UN IPCC's Fifth Assessment Report (IPCC 2014) supports Buhaug et al.'s critique, ...
    • Responses of Temperate Forest Productivity to Insect and Pathogen Disturbances

      Charles E. Flower and Miquel A. Gonzalez-MelerDepartment of Biological Sciences, University of Illinois, Chicago, Illinois 60607; email: [email protected], [email protected]
      Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 66: 547 - 569
      • ...Mean annual global temperatures are expected to increase by 1.8–4.0°C over present temperatures during the twenty-first century (66)....
    • Measuring the Co-Benefits of Climate Change Mitigation

      Diana Ürge-Vorsatz,1 Sergio Tirado Herrero,1 Navroz K. Dubash,2 and Franck Lecocq31Center for Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Policy, Central European University, Budapest H-1051, Hungary; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Centre for Policy Research, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi 110021, India; email: [email protected]3Centre International de Recherche sur l'Environnement et le Développement, Campus du Jardin Tropical, Nogent-sur-Marne F-94736, France; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 549 - 582
      • ...They are often cited in the context of climate-related decision making as factors that can significantly change the outcomes of direct cost-benefit evaluations (1...
      • ...the social cost of carbon provides a benchmark for assessing the cost-effectiveness of GHG mitigation policies and measures (1)....
      • ...so that certain nations bear mitigation costs and others just benefit from the mitigation efforts (1)....
      • ...Spillover effects are defined (1) as the consequences of domestic- or sector-specific mitigation actions on other (i.e., ...
      • ...Co-benefits are shown as occupying the upper right quadrant, using its definition in the IPCC's third assessment report (1, ...
      • ...climate change mitigation, may be paired with positive side effects” (1, ...
      • ...Other related terms, such as nonclimate benefits and nonenergy benefits (1, 32, 33), ...
      • ...Unintentional negative effects are ancillary costs (8), ancillary impacts (1), co-costs (34), adverse side effects (5)...
      • ...The IPCC (1) also has been using the terms co-impact and ancillary impacts as a way to refer to both the positive and negative side effects of mitigation policies....
      • ...The categories in the taxonomy (Table 1) presented are our own but are based on previous reviews (e.g., 1, 37)....
      • ...which evaluate the costs of different mitigation policies; see, e.g., chapter 3 of the IPCC's fourth assessment report (1), ...
    • Atmospheric Emissions and Air Quality Impacts from Natural Gas Production and Use

      David T. AllenMcKetta Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Texas at Austin, Austin, Texas 78712; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Vol. 5: 55 - 75
      • ...Methane has generally been assumed to have a GWP of 25 (24), ...
    • Continuous-Flow Differential Mobility Analysis of Nanoparticles and Biomolecules

      Richard C. FlaganDepartment of Chemical Engineering, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California 91125; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Vol. 5: 255 - 279
      • ...attract considerable interest owing to their impacts on health (1–6) and climate (7...
    • The Nexus of Environmental Quality and Livestock Welfare

      Sara E. Place1 and Frank M. Mitloehner2,*1Department of Animal Science, Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, Oklahoma 74078; email: [email protected]2Department of Animal Science, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Animal Biosciences Vol. 2: 555 - 569
      • ...For the 2007 International Panel on Climate Change report (7), the 100-year CO2e of CH4 and N2O were 25 and 298, ...
    • Environmental Psychology Matters

      Robert GiffordDepartment of Psychology, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 3P5, Canada; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Psychology Vol. 65: 541 - 579
      • ...greenhouse gas (GHG)-emitting human activities have caused the Earth's temperature to rise higher than it has been since civilization developed 10,000 years ago (Intergov. Panel Climate Change 2007)....
      • ...human behavior is the least understood aspect of the climate change system (Intergov. Panel Climate Change 2007)....
    • Health of Indigenous Circumpolar Populations

      J. Josh SnodgrassDepartment of Anthropology, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon 97403; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 42: 69 - 87
      • ...circumpolar regions are currently experiencing rapid glacial and sea ice melting and decreased permafrost as a result of global climate change (Anisimov et al. 2007, IPCC 2007)....
      • ...Climatic change in the Arctic is more rapid than in other regions and has already led to glacial and sea ice melting and decreased permafrost (Anisimov et al. 2007, IPCC 2007)....
    • Methods and Models for Costing Carbon Mitigation

      Jayant Sathaye1 and P.R. Shukla21Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]2Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad 380015, India; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 38: 137 - 168
      • ...Energy systems currently contribute to the bulk of emissions and may continue to do so in the future (4)....
    • African Lessons on Climate Change Risks for Agriculture

      Christoph MüllerPotsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, D-14473 Potsdam, Germany; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Nutrition Vol. 33: 395 - 411
      • ...most importantly by emissions of greenhouse gases (GHGs) such as carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), and nitrous oxide (N2O) (55)....
      • ...Many studies of climate change impacts on African agriculture were collectively analyzed in the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) assessment report (17, 55)....
      • ...yields from rain-fed agriculture could be reduced by up to 50%” (55), ...
      • ...which are all projected to change significantly in the coming decades (55, 91)....
    • The Isotopic Anatomies of Molecules and Minerals

      John M. EilerDivision of Geological and Planetary Sciences, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California 91125; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 41: 411 - 441
      • ...a participant in important photochemical reactions (Ravishankara et al. 2009), and a greenhouse gas (IPCC 2007)....
    • Energy and Human Health

      Kirk R. Smith,1 Howard Frumkin,3 Kalpana Balakrishnan,4 Colin D. Butler,5 Zoë A. Chafe,1,2 Ian Fairlie,6 Patrick Kinney,7 Tord Kjellstrom,8 Denise L. Mauzerall,9 Thomas E. McKone,1,10 Anthony J. McMichael,11 and Mycle Schneider121School of Public Health,2Energy and Resources Group, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720-7360; email: [email protected], [email protected]3School of Public Health, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]4Department of Environmental Health Engineering, Sri Ramachandra University, Porur, Chennai-600116, India; email: [email protected]5Discipline of Public Health, Faculty of Health, University of Canberra, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia; email: [email protected]6Independent Consultant on Radioactivity in the Environment, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]7Department of Environmental Health Sciences, Mailman School of Public Health, Columbia University, New York, NY 10032; email: [email protected]8Center for Global Health Research, Umeå University, SE-90187 Umeå, Sweden; and National Center for Epidemiology and Population Health, Australian National University, Canberra ACT 0200 Australia; email: [email protected]9Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs and Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544; email: [email protected]10Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]11National Centre for Epidemiology and Population Health, The Australian National University, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia; email: [email protected]12Independent Consultant on Energy and Nuclear Policy, Paris, France; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 34: 159 - 188
      • ...The health impacts of climate change itself have been extensively reviewed (100, 137, 196) and are beyond the scope of this article....
    • An Emerging Understanding of Mechanisms Governing Insect Herbivory Under Elevated CO2

      Jorge A. Zavala,1, Paul D. Nabity,2 and Evan H. DeLucia21Cátedra de Bioquímica/INBA, Facultad de Agronomía, University of Buenos Aires-CONICET, Buenos Aires C1417DSE, Argentina; email: [email protected]2Department of Plant Biology and Institute of Genomic Biology, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois 61802; email: [email protected], [email protected]
      Annual Review of Entomology Vol. 58: 79 - 97
      • ...the concentration of atmospheric CO2 was stable for the previous 1,000 years at ∼270 μl liter−1 (64)...
      • ...the atmosphere is ∼390 μl liter−1 and by end of the century it will be twice the pre-Industrial level (64)....
    • The Politics of the Anthropogenic

      Nathan F. SayreDepartment of Geography, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 41: 57 - 70
      • ...as represented in a number of emerging fields and scientific institutions such as the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (2007)...
      • ...supported by scientific assessments (Millennium Ecosystem Assessment 2006, Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change 2007), ...
    • The Effects of Tropospheric Ozone on Net Primary Productivity and Implications for Climate Change

      Elizabeth A. Ainsworth,1,2 Craig R. Yendrek,1 Stephen Sitch,3 William J. Collins,4 and Lisa D. Emberson51Global Change and Photosynthesis Research Unit, Agricultural Research Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Urbana, Illinois 61801; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Plant Biology, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Urbana, Illinois 618013Department of Geography, College of Life and Environmental Sciences, University of Exeter, Exeter EX4 4RJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]4Met Office, Hadley Center, Exeter EX1 EPB, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]5Stockholm Environment Institute, Environment Department, University of York, York YO10 5DD, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 63: 637 - 661
      • ...with the same global population as A1 but more rapid changes in economic structures toward a service and information economy; and B2 describes a world with intermediate population and economic growth, emphasizing local solutions to economic, social, and environmental sustainability (77)....
      • ...Previous reports (e.g., 77) found that NOx emissions, on balance, cool the climate....
    • Climate Change Impacts on the Organic Carbon Cycle at the Land-Ocean Interface

      Elizabeth A. Canuel, Sarah S. Cammer, Hadley A. McIntosh, and Christina R. PondellVirginia Institute of Marine Science, Gloucester Point, Virginia 23062; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
      Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 40: 685 - 711
      • ...are particularly vulnerable to rising sea level because they are generally within a few feet of sea level (IPCC 2007)....
    • Agroecology: A Review from a Global-Change Perspective

      Thomas P. Tomich,1,2,3,4 Sonja Brodt,3,4 Howard Ferris,5 Ryan Galt,1 William R. Horwath,6 Ermias Kebreab,7 Johan H.J. Leveau,8 Daniel Liptzin,3,4 Mark Lubell,2 Pierre Merel,9 Richard Michelmore,10,11,12,13 Todd Rosenstock,3,4 Kate Scow,3,6 Johan Six,13 Neal Williams,14 and Louie Yang141Department of Human and Community Development,2Department of Environmental Science and Policy,3Agricultural Sustainability Institute at UC Davis,4UC Statewide Sustainable Agriculture Research and Education Program,5Department of Nematology,6Department of Land, Air and Water Resources,7Department of Animal Science,8Department of Plant Pathology,9Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics,10Department of Molecular and Cellular Biology,11Department of Microbiology and Immunology,12Genome Center,13Department of Plant Sciences,14Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 193 - 222
      • ...In turn, large-scale environmental challenges, including potentially disruptive climate change (12)...
      • ...climate change continues to receive considerable attention, along with its implications for the vulnerability of agriculture (12, 167), ...
    • Energy Intensity of Agriculture and Food Systems

      Nathan Pelletier,1 Eric Audsley,2 Sonja Brodt,3 Tara Garnett,5 Patrik Henriksson,6 Alissa Kendall,4 Klaas Jan Kramer,7 David Murphy,8 Thomas Nemecek,9 and Max Troell101Global Ecologic Environmental Consulting and Management Services, Stratton, Ontario POW 1NO, Canada; email: [email protected]2Natural Resource Management Center, School Of Applied Sciences, Cranfield University, Cranfield, Bedfordshire MK43 OAL, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]3Agricultural Sustainability Institute and4Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected], [email protected]5Food Climate Research Network, University of Surrey, London N4 3BB, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]6Institute of Environmental Sciences, Leiden University, Leiden 2300 RA, Netherlands; email: [email protected]7KJKramer Consulting, Castricum 1901 AT, Netherlands; email: [email protected]8College of Environmental Science and Forestry, State University of New York, Syracuse, New York 13210; email: [email protected]9Agroscope Reckenholz-Tänikon Research Station ART, Zurich CH-8046, Switzerland; email: [email protected]10The Beijer Institute, Swedish Royal Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-104 05, and Stockholm Resilience Center, Stockholm University, 10691 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 223 - 246
      • ...carbon dioxide arising from fossil fuel use is the dominant global contributor, accounting for 57% of the total (115)....
      • ...agriculture accounts for up to 32% of global GHG emissions (including emissions from land use and land-use change) of which 10% or less is energy use related (115)....
    • Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation

      Arun Agrawal,1 Daniel Nepstad,2 and Ashwini Chhatre31School of Natural Resources and Environment, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; email: [email protected]2Amazon Environmental Research Institute (IPAM), International Program, San Francisco, California 941103Department of Geography, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Urbana, Illinois 61801
      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 373 - 396
      • ...and perhaps more of total annual greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions at stake (7, 8), ...
    • Political Economy of the Environment

      Thomas K. Rudel,1 J. Timmons Roberts,2 and JoAnn Carmin31Departments of Human Ecology and Sociology, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901; email: [email protected]2Center for Environmental Studies and Department of Sociology, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912; email: [email protected]3Department of Urban Studies and Planning, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 37: 221 - 238
      • ...Natural scientists and some economists have continued to use impact approaches, most conspicuously in climate modeling (Intergov. Panel Clim. Change 2007), ...
      • ...modelers have maintained that extreme weather events should increase with the magnitude of climate change (Roberts & Parks 2006, Intergov. Panel Clim. Change 2007)....
    • The Paleocene-Eocene Thermal Maximum: A Perturbation of Carbon Cycle, Climate, and Biosphere with Implications for the Future

      Francesca A. McInerney1, and Scott L. Wing21Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois 60208; email: [email protected]2Department of Paleobiology, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC 20013; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 39: 489 - 516
      • ...Estimates range from 1.5°C to 4.5°C per doubling (IPCC 2007), which would imply between 1.1 and 3.3 doublings of pCO2 to cause 5°C of PETM warming....
      • ...A release of thousands of petagrams of carbon (an amount comparable to that likely to be released by human activities) did, as expected, cause global warming and deep-ocean acidification (IPCC 2007)....
      • ...These processes have implications for understanding the potential climate impacts of permafrost thawing and biospheric carbon sequestration in modern climate change (IPCC 2007)....
    • Climate Change, Noncommunicable Diseases, and Development: The Relationships and Common Policy Opportunities

      S. Friel,1,2 K. Bowen,1 D. Campbell-Lendrum,3 H. Frumkin,4 A.J. McMichael,1 and K. Rasanathan51National Center for Epidemiology and Population Health, The Australian National University, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia; email: [email protected]2Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, University College London, London, WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom3Department of Health and Environment, World Health Organisation, 1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland4School of Public Health, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195, USA5Department of Ethics, Equity, Trade and Human Rights, World Health Organisation, 1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland
      Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 32: 133 - 147
      • ...the highest temperature increases are mainly in inland areas within the large continents with an expected increase of 1–3°C by 2020 and 3–5°C by 2080 (39)....
      • ...the hurricanes that frequently impinge on the Caribbean cause injury, death, and distress (39)....
      • ...The burning of traditional solid fuels is a major contributor to climate change through deforestation as result of biomass fuel demand, which results in the loss of carbon sinks (39)....
      • ...Cereal grain yields in South Asia may decline by 10%–20% by later this century (39)....
    • Promoting Global Population Health While Constraining the Environmental Footprint

      A.J. McMichael and C.D. ButlerNational Centre for Epidemiology and Population Health, The Australian National University, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia; email: [email protected], [email protected]
      Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 32: 179 - 197
      • ...climate scientists attribute most of this warming to human actions (3, 40). ...
    • Climate Change and Evolutionary Adaptations at Species' Range Margins

      Jane K. Hill, Hannah M. Griffiths, and Chris D. ThomasDepartment of Biology, University of York, YO10 5DD, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Entomology Vol. 56: 143 - 159
      • ...Even the most optimistic scenarios mean that there is the inevitability of future warming for most if not all of this century (72, 73, 81, 116)....
      • ...Whereas the ecological shifts generated by climate change are increasingly well documented (73, 89, 95), ...
    • Climate Risk

      Nathan E. Hultman,1 David M. Hassenzahl,2 and Steve Rayner31School of Public Policy, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742; email: [email protected]2School of Sustainability and the Environment, Chatham University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15232; email: [email protected]3Institute for Science, Innovation and Society, Saïd Business School, and James Martin 21st Century School, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 1HP, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 35: 283 - 303
      • ...The Fourth Assessment Report of the IPCC (24) outlines possible changes in the medium term (to 2020–2030) and long-term (after 2030)....
    • Genetic Engineering for Modern Agriculture: Challenges and Perspectives

      Ron Mittler1,2 and Eduardo Blumwald31Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, University of Nevada, Reno, Nevada 89557; email: [email protected]2Department of Plant Sciences, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Givat Ram, Jerusalem 91904, Israel3Department of Plant Sciences, University of California, Davis, California, 95616-5270; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 61: 443 - 462
      • ...Climate change and global warming are generating rapid changes in temperature that are not matched by any global temperature increase of the past 50 million years (55, 60)....
      • ...rising from about 270 μmol.mol−1 in 1750 to current concentrations larger than 385 μmol.mol−1 (55, 65)....
      • ...and average annual mean warming increases of 3°–5°C in the next 50–100 years have been projected (55)....
      • ...The increase in atmospheric CO2 concentrations will stimulate photosynthesis and possibly lead to increased plant productivity and yields (55, 97, 134)....
    • Marine Ecomechanics

      Mark W. Denny1 and Brian Gaylord21Hopkins Marine Station, Stanford University, Pacific Grove, California 93950; email: [email protected]2Bodega Marine Laboratory and Department of Evolution and Ecology, University of California, Davis, Bodega Bay, California 94923; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 2: 89 - 114
      • ...Current climate models predict that typhoons in the Great Barrier Reef area will become more numerous and more intense as the planet warms (IPCC 2007), ...
      • ...If wave heights increase as a result of climate change (IPCC 2007), ...
    • Environmental Justice

      Paul Mohai,1 David Pellow,2 and J. Timmons Roberts31School of Natural Resources and Environment, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455; email: [email protected]3Center for Environmental Studies, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 34: 405 - 430
      • ...Several studies have documented this inequality at the international level (83, 101...
    • On the Increasing Vulnerability of the World Ocean to Multiple Stresses

      Edward L. MilesSchool of Marine Affairs and Center for Science in the Earth System, Joint Institute for the Study of Atmosphere and Oceans, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 34: 17 - 41
      • ... and confirmed in its Fourth Assessment (40).] The year of largest yearly mean temperature and heat content for the North Atlantic is 1998....
      • ...Again paralleling the findings of the IPCC Third Assessment Report (39, 40), ...
      • ...and 19 of Volume II, (Working Group II) of the most recent IPCC report (40)....
    • Economic Globalization and the Environment

      Kevin P. GallagherDepartment of International Relations, Boston University, Boston, Massachusetts 02215; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 34: 279 - 304
      • ...global GHG emissions will continue to grow over the next few decades” (5, ...
    • Emerging Threats to Human Health from Global Environmental Change

      Samuel S. Myers1 and Jonathan A. Patz21Department of Medicine, Harvard Medical School and Mount Auburn Hospital Walk-In Center, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]2Nelson Institute, Center for Sustainability and the Global Environment, and Department of Population Health Sciences, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53726; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 34: 223 - 252
      • ...the likelihood of them melting completely by 2035 is “very high” (128)....
    • Integrated Ecological-Economic Models

      John TschirhartDepartment of Economics and Finance, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming 82071: email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 381 - 407
      • The Development of New Catastrophe Risk Markets

        Howard C. Kunreuther* and Erwann O. Michel-KerjanCenter for Risk Management and Decision Processes, Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104; email: [email protected], [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 119 - 137
        • ...recent work by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (2007) indicates that one of the impacts of a change in climate will be an increase in weather extremes....
      • Anthropology and Global Health

        Craig R. Janes and Kitty K. CorbettSimon Fraser University, Burnaby, British Columbia V5A 1S6, Canada; email: [email protected], [email protected]
        Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 38: 167 - 183
        • ...Many of the models of human impacts of climate change point to the need for more research to identify factors that affect the vulnerabilities of local populations in the context of political economy (Intergov. Panel Climate Change 2007)....
      • Photorespiratory Metabolism: Genes, Mutants, Energetics, and Redox Signaling

        Christine H. Foyer,1 Arnold J. Bloom,2 Guillaume Queval,3 and Graham Noctor31School of Agriculture, Food, and Rural Development, Newcastle University, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE1 7RU, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2Department of Plant Sciences, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected]3Institut de Biotechnologie des Plantes, UMR-CNRS 8618, Université de Paris sud XI, 91405 Orsay CEDEX, France; email: [email protected], [email protected]
        Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 60: 455 - 484
        • ...they could reach between 530 and 970 μL L−1 by the end of this century (66)....
        • ...Average global temperatures have increased by 0.76°C over the past 150 years and they are likely to increase from between 1.7° and 3.9°C during this century (66)....
      • Ocean Circulation Kinetic Energy: Reservoirs, Sources, and Sinks

        Raffaele Ferrari and Carl WunschDepartment of Earth, Atmospheric and Planetary Sciences, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Fluid Mechanics Vol. 41: 253 - 282
        • ...A number of sources provide some idea of the divergence of models under nominally fixed conditions and of the limited understanding of their known biases (e.g., Houghton et al. 2001, IPCC 2007, Large & Danabasoglu 2006)....
      • Climate Modeling

        Leo J. Donner1 and William G. Large21Geophysical Fluid Dynamics Laboratory/National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08540; email: [email protected]2National Center for Atmospheric Research, Boulder, Colorado 80307; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 1 - 17
        • ...A major application of societal interest has been the variation of climate with changes in atmospheric composition (especially anthropogenic) and solar output (2)....
        • ...and comprehensive texts are available describing the principles and applications of climate modeling (1, 2)....
        • ...it should be noted that there is great uncertainty in forcings associated with aerosols and that different climate models use different estimates of aerosol forcing in producing these simulations (2, 64). Figure 4, ...
        • ...and understanding atmospheric scale interactions remains one of the basic challenges in atmospheric science (2)....
      • Preparing the U.S. Health Community for Climate Change

        Richard Jackson and Kyra Naumoff ShieldsDivision of Environmental Health Sciences, School of Public Health, University of California Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected], [email protected]
        Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 29: 57 - 73
        • ...Continue adopting and enforcing building and energy codes that maximize energy efficiency as well as the healthfulness of indoor environments (32, 45, 53)....
        • ...Consider the many additional strategies recommended by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change that were recently published by Working Group III (45)....
      • Heat Stress and Public Health: A Critical Review

        R. Sari Kovats and Shakoor HajatPublic and Environmental Health Research Unit (PEHRU), London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]
        Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 29: 41 - 55
        • ...one of the more certain impacts of future anthropogenic climate change will be an increase in heat waves in many populations, and such heat waves will be more intense (35)....
        • ...and projections for extreme weather events for which there is an observed late-twentieth-century trend [Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (35)]...
      • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

        Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
        • ...In response to the increased awareness of change (6, 7), there has been a corresponding increase in documented efforts to ameliorate risk through adaptation actions (3, 6, 8, 9)...
        • ...which is predicted to increase the variability and frequency of perturbations (7), ...
      • Carbon and Climate System Coupling on Timescales from the Precambrian to the Anthropocene

        Scott C. Doney1 and David S. Schimel21Marine Chemistry and Geochemistry, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, Woods Hole, Massachusetts 02543; email: [email protected]2Climate and Global Dynamics, National Center for Atmospheric Research, Boulder Colorado 80307; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 31 - 66
        • ...CH4 over the past two centuries have driven substantial global warming (2, 3), ...
        • ...and most of the observed warming over the twentieth century is now firmly attributed to the increase in atmospheric CO2, establishing one critical connection for quantifying anthropogenic climate change (3)....
        • ...ocean heat uptake, and so on) are not fully quantified yet (3)....
        • ...a major uncertainty in climate forecasting (3) and one where paleoclimate data may be used to shed some light....
        • ...positive carbon-climate interactions could increase anthropogenic warming by an additional 1°C in 2100; carbon-climate feedbacks could also reduce sharply the amount of CO2 that could be released and still allow humans to stabilize atmospheric CO2 at a specified target level (3)....

    • 5. 
      Bishop J, ed. 2010. The Economics of Ecosystems and Biodiversity: Ecological and Economic Foundations. London: Earthscan
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
    • 6. 
      Carpenter SR, Walker BH, Anderies JM, Abel N. 2001. From metaphor to measurement: resilience of what to what? Ecosystems 4:765–81
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change: Challenges and Opportunities

        Mark Vardy,1 Michael Oppenheimer,2,3 Navroz K. Dubash,4 Jessica O'Reilly,5 and Dale Jamieson61Princeton Environmental Institute, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544; email: [email protected]2Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08540; email: [email protected]3Department of Geosciences, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 085444Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi 110021, India; email: [email protected]5Department of International Studies, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]6Department of Environmental Studies, New York University, New York, NY 10003; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 55 - 75
        • ...as well as work on the resilience of complex social-ecological systems (110...
      • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

        Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
        • ...System resilience refers to the amount of change a system can undergo and still retain the same controls on function and structure while maintaining options to develop (32, 33)....
        • ...soil, sediment concentrations, hydrologic cycles, land use, and long-lived organisms (32, 79)....
        • ...One approach is to measure the constituent parts: stability, self-organization, and learning (32, 110)....
        • ...Carpenter et al. (32) measured the resilience of two social-ecological systems by looking at the stability of the systems, ...
      • Assessing the Vulnerability of Social-Environmental Systems

        Hallie Eakin1 and Amy Lynd Luers21Department of Geography, University of California, Santa Barbara, California, 93106-4060; email: [email protected]2Global Environmental Program, Union of Concerned Scientists, Berkeley, California 94704-1567; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 365 - 394
        • ...these concerns relate to operationalizing the concept of resilience for the analysis of complex social systems (45)...
      • ADAPTIVE GOVERNANCE OF SOCIAL-ECOLOGICAL SYSTEMS

        Carl Folke,1,2 Thomas Hahn,1 Per Olsson,1 and Jon Norberg21Centre for Transdisciplinary Environmental Research and 2Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 441 - 473
        • ...It is moving from the conventional approach based on assessment of the maximum sustainable yield of individual species at a single broad scale to a more general focus on managing essential ecological processes that sustain the delivery of harvestable resources and ecosystem services at multiple scales (23...
        • ...Management of ecosystem resilience to sustain resources and ecosystem services requires the ability to observe and interpret essential processes and variables in ecosystem dynamics to develop the social capacity to respond to environmental feedback and change (23, 40, 69)....
      • Regime Shifts, Resilience, and Biodiversity in Ecosystem Management

        Carl Folke,1,2 Steve Carpenter,2,3 Brian Walker,4 Marten Scheffer,5 Thomas Elmqvist,1 Lance Gunderson,6 and C.S. Holling71Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]; [email protected]2Beijer International Institute of Ecological Economics, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm, Sweden3Center for Limnology, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]4Sustainable Ecosystems, CSIRO, Canberra, ACT, 2601, Australia; email: [email protected]5Aquatic Ecology and Water Quality Management Group, Wageningen Agricultural University, Wageningen, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]6Department of Environmental Studies, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322; email: [email protected]716871 Sturgis Circle, Cedar Key, Florida 32625; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 35: 557 - 581
        • ...resilience reflects the degree to which a complex adaptive system is capable of self-organization (versus lack of organization or organization forced by external factors) and the degree to which the system can build and increase the capacity for learning and adaptation (Carpenter et al. 2001b, Levin 1999)....

    • 7. 
      Robards MD, Schoon ML, Meek CL, Engle NL. 2011. The importance of social drivers in the resilient provision of ecosystem services. Glob. Environ. Change 21:522–29
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Social-Ecological Systems Insights for Navigating the Dynamics of the Anthropocene

        Belinda Reyers,1,2 Carl Folke,1,3 Michele-Lee Moore,1,4 Reinette Biggs,1,5 and Victor Galaz1,31Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm SE-10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa3Beijer Institute, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-10405, Sweden4Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 2Y2, Canada5Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 267 - 289
        • ...New models and frameworks drawn from SES research have been used to redefine issues related to poverty traps (46), power distribution and equity (47...

    • 8. 
      Ernstson H. 2008. Rhizomia: actors, networks and resilience in urban landscapes. PhD diss. Stockholm Univ., Swed. 216 pp.
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
    • 9. 
      Berkes F, Colding J, Folke C, eds. 2003. Navigating Social-Ecological Systems: Building Resilience for Complexity and Change. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • ADAPTIVE GOVERNANCE OF SOCIAL-ECOLOGICAL SYSTEMS

        Carl Folke,1,2 Thomas Hahn,1 Per Olsson,1 and Jon Norberg21Centre for Transdisciplinary Environmental Research and 2Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 441 - 473
        • ...The capacity to adapt to and shape change is an important component of resilience in a social-ecological system (42)....
        • ...including organizational and institutional flexibility for dealing with uncertainty and change (8, 40, 42, 51, 56...
        • ... identify management practices that cope with periods of rapid environmental change in what has been referred to as the “back-loop” of social-ecological system development (8, 42)....
        • ...and new legislation or governmental policies that do not take into account local contexts (42)....
      • Regime Shifts, Resilience, and Biodiversity in Ecosystem Management

        Carl Folke,1,2 Steve Carpenter,2,3 Brian Walker,4 Marten Scheffer,5 Thomas Elmqvist,1 Lance Gunderson,6 and C.S. Holling71Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]; [email protected]2Beijer International Institute of Ecological Economics, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm, Sweden3Center for Limnology, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]4Sustainable Ecosystems, CSIRO, Canberra, ACT, 2601, Australia; email: [email protected]5Aquatic Ecology and Water Quality Management Group, Wageningen Agricultural University, Wageningen, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]6Department of Environmental Studies, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322; email: [email protected]716871 Sturgis Circle, Cedar Key, Florida 32625; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 35: 557 - 581
        • ...Such an initiative will require adaptability among the actors involved in ecosystem management (Berkes et al. 2003)....
        • ...responding to El Niño as an opportunity for shifting an ecosystem back to the desired state demands a highly responsive social system, organized for rapid and flexible adaptation (Berkes et al. 2003)....

    • 10. 
      Norberg J, Cumming GS, eds. 2008. Complexity Theory for a Sustainable Future. New York: Columbia Univ. Press
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
    • 11. 
      Chapin FS, Kofinas GP, Folke C, eds. 2009. Principles of Ecosystem Stewardship: Resilience-Based Natural Resource Management in a Changing World. New York: Springer
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Agency, Capacity, and Resilience to Environmental Change: Lessons from Human Development, Well-Being, and Disasters

        Katrina Brown and Elizabeth WestawaySchool of International Development, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 321 - 342
        • ...and Chapin et al. (11) view adaptive capacity as the capacity of actors, ...
        • ...Chapin et al. (11) identify four key components of adaptive capacity: (a) biological, ...

    • 12. 
      Walker BH, Salt D. 2006. Resilience Thinking: Sustaining Ecosystems and People in a Changing World. Washington, DC: Island Press
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Transformative Environmental Governance

        Brian C. Chaffin,1 Ahjond S. Garmestani,2 Lance H. Gunderson,3 Melinda Harm Benson,4 David G. Angeler,5 Craig Anthony (Tony) Arnold,6 Barbara Cosens,7 Robin Kundis Craig,8 J.B. Ruhl,9 and Craig R. Allen10 1College of Forestry & Conservation, University of Montana, Missoula, Montana 59801; email: [email protected]2National Risk Management Research Laboratory, US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268; email: [email protected]3Department of Environmental Sciences, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322; email: [email protected]4Department of Geography & Environmental Studies, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87131; email: [email protected]5Department of Aquatic Sciences and Assessment, Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, 75007 Uppsala, Sweden; email: [email protected]6Brandeis School of Law and Department of Urban and Public Affairs, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208; email: [email protected]7College of Law, University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83844; email: [email protected]8S.J. Quinney College of Law, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112; email: [email protected]9Vanderbilt Law School, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee 37203; email: [email protected]10US Geological Survey, Nebraska Cooperative Fish and Wildlife Research Unit, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebraska 68583; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 399 - 423
        • ...assumed near perfect information about the resource in question and failed to account for inherent uncertainty in ecological knowledge; unknown or unexpected SES dynamics affecting the resource across scales; and threshold behavior in ecosystems including the existence of multiple alternative system states (6, 15)....
        • ...and SESs such as the Great Barrier Reef management (51, 53) and other SES resource systems (15, 43, 54)....
      • Political Economy of the Environment

        Thomas K. Rudel,1 J. Timmons Roberts,2 and JoAnn Carmin31Departments of Human Ecology and Sociology, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901; email: [email protected]rs.edu2Center for Environmental Studies and Department of Sociology, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912; email: [email protected]3Department of Urban Studies and Planning, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 37: 221 - 238
        • ...Because ecologists also focus on these processes in biological communities (Walker & Salt 2006), ...

    • 13. 
      Walker BH, Gunderson LH, Kinzig AP, Folke C, Carpenter SR, Schultz L. 2006. A handful of heuristics and some propositions for understanding resilience in social-ecological systems. Ecol. Soc. 11:13
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Irreversibility in Economics

        Charles Perrings1 and William Brock21School of Life Sciences, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics, University of Wisconsin-Madison, Madison, Wisconsin 53706: email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 219 - 238
        • ...Holling referred to this capacity as the resilience of the system in that state (Kinzig et al. 2006, Walker et al. 2004, 2006)....
      • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

        Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
        • ...Walker et al. (90) highlight three ways in which high adaptedness can undermine system resilience: Adaptedness in one location may decrease resilience in another location or region, ...

    • 14. 
      Anderies JM, Walker BH, Kinzig AP. 2006. Fifteen weddings and a funeral: case studies and resilience-based management. Ecol. Soc. 11:21
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Social-Ecological Systems Insights for Navigating the Dynamics of the Anthropocene

        Belinda Reyers,1,2 Carl Folke,1,3 Michele-Lee Moore,1,4 Reinette Biggs,1,5 and Victor Galaz1,31Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm SE-10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa3Beijer Institute, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-10405, Sweden4Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 2Y2, Canada5Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 267 - 289
        • ...as well as empirical studies of these strong relationships (e.g., 65, 66)....
      • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

        Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
        • ...Slowly changing variables define system thresholds to the degree that they control the range of activity of faster variables (48, 78)....
        • ...Yet this is a challenging task in light of evidence that reducing exposure to current risks can adversely affect future vulnerability and resilience to future unknown events (49, 72, 78, 91)....

    • 15. 
      Jentoft S, van Son TC, Bjørkan M. 2007. Marine protected areas: a governance system analysis. Hum. Ecol. 35:611–22
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Global Oceans Governance: New and Emerging Issues

        Lisa M. Campbell,1 Noella J. Gray,2 Luke Fairbanks,1 Jennifer J. Silver,2 Rebecca L. Gruby,3 Bradford A. Dubik,1 and Xavier Basurto11Nicholas School of the Environment, Duke University Marine Lab, Beaufort, North Carolina 28516; email: [email protected]2Department of Geography, University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario NIG 2W1, Canada3Department of Human Dimensions of Natural Resources, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado 80523
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 517 - 543
        • ...others have focused on more specific mechanisms and institutions for governing oceans (33, 34)....

    • 16. 
      Pahl-Wostl C. 2009. A conceptual framework for analysing adaptive capacity and multi-level learning processes in resource governance regimes. Glob. Environ. Change 19:354–65
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • The Politics of Sustainability and Development

        Ian ScoonesESRC STEPS Centre, Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex, Brighton, United Kingdom BN1 9RE; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 293 - 319
        • ...purposive navigation of socio-ecological change is in turn understood in terms of adaptive governance (184), triple-loop social learning (185), ...
      • Life's Bottleneck: Sustaining the World's Phosphorus for a Food Secure Future

        Dana Cordell and Stuart WhiteInstitute for Sustainable Futures, University of Technology Sydney, NSW 2007, Australia; email: [email protected], [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 161 - 188
        • ...Often resource scarcity is more about ineffective management and governance than simply physical scarcity (101)....
        • ...phosphorus scarcity can perhaps be attributed more to governance failures than to physical scarcity of the resource base (19, 101)....
      • Climate and Water: Knowledge of Impacts to Action on Adaptation

        Michael Kiparsky,1,2 Anita Milman,3 and Sebastian Vicuña41Wheeler Institute for Water Law & Policy,2Berkeley Water Center, University of California, Berkeley, California 94705-1718; email: [email protected]3Department of Environmental Conservation, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Massachusetts 01003-9285; email: [email protected]4Centro Interdisciplinario de Cambio Global, Pontificia Universidad Catolica de Chile, Santiago, Chile; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 37: 163 - 194
        • ...as it enables collective alteration of governance in response to new knowledge (107)....
        • ...A key component of both adaptive governance and social learning is stakeholder involvement and the coproduction of knowledge (106, 107)....

    • 17. 
      Folke C, Carpenter SR, Walker BH, Scheffer M, Chapin FS, Rockström J. 2010. Resilience thinking: integrating resilience, adaptability and transformability. Ecol. Soc. 15:20
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Transformational Adaptation in the Context of Coastal Cities

        Laura Kuhl,1 M. Feisal Rahman,2 Samantha McCraine,3 Dunja Krause,4 Md Fahad Hossain,5 Aditya Vansh Bahadur,6 and Saleemul Huq51School of Public Policy and Urban Affairs, and International Affairs Program, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Geography, Durham University, Durham DH1 3LE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]3World Wildlife Fund for Nature, Washington, DC 20037, USA; email: [email protected]4United Nations Research Institute for Social Development, 1211 Geneva, Switzerland; email: [email protected]5International Centre for Climate Change and Development, London TW2 6EJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]6International Institute for Environment and Development, London WC1X 8NH, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46:
        • ...Resilience proponents argue that resilience thinking goes beyond a narrow framing of resilience as the ability to withstand shocks and looks at both adaptability and transformability as properties that influence resilience at different scales and levels of governance (65)....
        • ...misalignments between natural and human boundaries can serve as a further challenge for transformation (65, 165)....
      • Global Groundwater Sustainability, Resources, and Systems in the Anthropocene

        Tom Gleeson,1 Mark Cuthbert,2,3 Grant Ferguson,4 and Debra Perrone51Department of Civil Engineering and School of Earth and Ocean Sciences, University of Victoria, British Columbia V8W 3P5, Canada; email: [email protected]2School of Earth and Ocean Sciences and Water Research Institute, Cardiff University, Cardiff CF10 3AT, United Kingdom3Connected Waters Initiative Research Centre, University of New South Wales, Sydney, New South Wales 2052, Australia4Department of Civil, Geological and Environmental Engineering, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan S7N 5E5, Canada5Environmental Studies Program, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106-1100, USA
        Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 48: 431 - 463
        • ...which are integrated systems of ecosystems and human society with reciprocal feedback and interdependence (Folke et al. 2010)....
      • The Evolution of the UNFCCC

        Jonathan Kuyper,1,2 Heike Schroeder,3,4 and Björn-Ola Linnér5,6,71Department of Political Science, University of Oslo, 0317 Oslo, Norway; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden3School of International Development, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]4Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, School of Environmental Sciences, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom5Centre for Climate Science and Policy Research, Linköping University, 581 83 Linköping, Sweden; email: [email protected]6Institute for Science, Innovation and Society, Oxford University, Oxford OX2 6JP, United Kingdom7Stockholm Environment Institute, 104 51 Stockholm, Sweden
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 343 - 368
        • ...and empirical dimensions of adaptation (92), as well as related concepts, such as resilience (93)....
      • Social-Ecological Systems Insights for Navigating the Dynamics of the Anthropocene

        Belinda Reyers,1,2 Carl Folke,1,3 Michele-Lee Moore,1,4 Reinette Biggs,1,5 and Victor Galaz1,31Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm SE-10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa3Beijer Institute, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-10405, Sweden4Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 2Y2, Canada5Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 267 - 289
        • ...Transformability is the capacity to create a fundamentally new system when ecological, economic, or social structures make the existing system untenable (29, 30)....
        • ...SES research emphasizes that systems need change that allows structures and functions to persist and adapt, but also, at times, to transform (29, 30) (Figure 1d)....
      • Coral Reefs Under Climate Change and Ocean Acidification: Challenges and Opportunities for Management and Policy

        Kenneth R.N. AnthonyAustralian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville 4810, Queensland, Australia; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 59 - 81
        • ...The concept of managing for resilience is the optimistic angle on managing against vulnerability (131)...
      • Transformative Environmental Governance

        Brian C. Chaffin,1 Ahjond S. Garmestani,2 Lance H. Gunderson,3 Melinda Harm Benson,4 David G. Angeler,5 Craig Anthony (Tony) Arnold,6 Barbara Cosens,7 Robin Kundis Craig,8 J.B. Ruhl,9 and Craig R. Allen10 1College of Forestry & Conservation, University of Montana, Missoula, Montana 59801; email: [email protected]2National Risk Management Research Laboratory, US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268; email: [email protected]3Department of Environmental Sciences, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322; email: [email protected]4Department of Geography & Environmental Studies, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87131; email: [email protected]5Department of Aquatic Sciences and Assessment, Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, 75007 Uppsala, Sweden; email: [email protected]6Brandeis School of Law and Department of Urban and Public Affairs, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208; email: [email protected]7College of Law, University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83844; email: [email protected]8S.J. Quinney College of Law, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112; email: [email protected]9Vanderbilt Law School, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee 37203; email: [email protected]10US Geological Survey, Nebraska Cooperative Fish and Wildlife Research Unit, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebraska 68583; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 399 - 423
        • ...societally initiated process of pushing a system across a threshold by “a phased introduction of one or more new state variables” (55)....
      • The Politics of Sustainability and Development

        Ian ScoonesESRC STEPS Centre, Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex, Brighton, United Kingdom BN1 9RE; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 293 - 319
        • ...Sustainability—or alternatively resilience (9)—was defined as the ability of a system to bounce back from shocks and stresses—including offtake and harvesting—to return to stable equilibrium states....
        • ...Transformability is emphasized in cross-scale analyses of the resilience of socio-ecological systems (9)....
      • Child Development in the Context of Disaster, War, and Terrorism: Pathways of Risk and Resilience

        Ann S. Masten and Angela J. NarayanInstitute of Child Development, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Psychology Vol. 63: 227 - 257
        • ...There also is growing interest in more comprehensive studies of disaster that integrate models and knowledge across disciplines (Folke et al. 2010, Longstaff 2009, Masten & Obradović 2008)....

    • 18. 
      Levin SA. 1998. Ecosystems and the biosphere as complex adaptive systems. Ecosystems 1:431–36
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • On the Coevolution of Economic and Ecological Systems

        Simon Levin1 and Anastasios Xepapadeas2,31Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of International and European Studies, Athens University of Economics and Business, Athens 104 34, Greece; email: [email protected]3Department of Economics, University of Bologna, 40126 Bologna, Italy
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 355 - 377
        • ...namely “an autonomous process that uses the outcomes of those interactions to select a subset of those components for replication or enhancement” (Levin 1998, ...
      • Network Analysis: A Systems Framework to Address Grand Challenges in Plant Pathology

        K.A. Garrett,1,2,3 R.I. Alcalá-Briseño,1,2,3 K.F. Andersen,1,2,3 C.E. Buddenhagen,1,2,3,4 R.A. Choudhury,1,2,3 J.C. Fulton,1,2,3 J.F. Hernandez Nopsa,1,2,3,5 R. Poudel,1,2,3 and Y. Xing1,2,31Plant Pathology Department, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 32611, USA; email: [email protected]2Institute for Sustainable Food Systems, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 32611, USA3Emerging Pathogens Institute, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 32611, USA4Current address: AgResearch, Hamilton, New Zealand 32405Current address: Corporación Colombiana de Investigación Agropecuaria, AGROSAVIA, Departamento de Semillas, Mosquera-Bogotá, Colombia 344300
        Annual Review of Phytopathology Vol. 56: 559 - 580
        • ...Complex adaptive systems can learn, evolve, and become more complex and diverse (85, 94)....
      • Trail Pheromones: An Integrative View of Their Role in Social Insect Colony Organization

        Tomer J. Czaczkes,1 Christoph Grüter,2 and Francis L.W. Ratnieks3,1Biologie I, Universität Regensburg, D-93053 Regensburg, Germany; email: [email protected]2Département d'Écologie et Évolution, Biophore, Université de Lausanne, 1015 Lausanne, Switzerland; email: [email protected]3Laboratory of Apiculture and Social Insects, School of Life Sciences, University of Sussex, Falmer BN19QG, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Entomology Vol. 60: 581 - 599
        • ...Under this definition sand dunes and ecosystems (87) are complex adaptive systems (CAS)....
      • Dynamics of Land-Use and Land-Cover Change in Tropical Regions

        Eric F. Lambin,1 Helmut J. Geist,2 and Erika Lepers21Department of Geography, University of Louvain, Place Louis Pasteur 3, B-1348 Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium; email: [email protected] 2LUCC International Project Office, Department of Geography, University of Louvain, Place Louis Pasteur 3, B-1348 Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium; email: [email protected] [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 28: 205 - 241
        • ...Human-environment systems associated with land use have similar attributes and are governed by mechanisms and processes similar to those of other complex adaptive social or biological systems (145, 146, 147)....

    • 19. 
      Pahl-Wostl C. 2007. The implications of complexity for integrated resources management. Environ. Model. Softw. 22:561–69
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
    • 20. 
      Stirling A. 2007. A general framework for analysing diversity in science, technology and society. J. R. Soc. Interface 4:707–19
      • Crossref
      • Medline
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
    • 21. 
      Rosenfeld JS. 2002. Functional redundancy in ecology and conservation. Oikos 98:156–62
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Gastrointestinal Tract Microbiota and Probiotics in Production Animals

        Carl J. Yeoman1 and Bryan A. White21Department of Animal and Range Sciences, Montana State University, Bozeman, Montana 59717-2900; email: carl[email protected]2Department of Animal Science, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois 61801; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Animal Biosciences Vol. 2: 469 - 486
        • ...such that losses of individual species (and their functions) should not impact the overall functionality of the system (127)....
      • The Causes and Consequences of Compensatory Dynamics in Ecological Communities

        Andrew Gonzalez and Michel LoreauDepartment of Biology, McGill University, Montréal, Québec, H3A 1B1, Canada; email: [email protected], [email protected]
        Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 40: 393 - 414
        • ...compensation is also associated with a number of allied terms such as functional redundancy (Naeem 1998, Rosenfeld 2002, Walker 1995)...

    • 22. 
      Naeem S, Bunker DE, Hector A, Loreau M, Perrings C, eds. 2009. Biodiversity, Ecosystem Functioning, and Human Wellbeing: An Ecological and Economic Perspective. Oxford, UK: Oxford Univ. Press
      • Crossref
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Biodiversity and Ecosystem Functioning

        David Tilman,1,2 Forest Isbell,1,3 and Jane M. Cowles11Department of Ecology, Evolution, and Behavior, University of Minnesota, Saint Paul, Minnesota 55108; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 931063Department of Plant Biology, University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia 30602
        Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 45: 471 - 493
        • ...Comprehensive reviews have also been provided in several books (Kinzig et al. 2002, Loreau et al. 2002, Naeem et al. 2009, Schulze & Mooney 1993)....
      • Climate Change, Aboveground-Belowground Interactions, and Species' Range Shifts

        Wim H. Van der PuttenDepartment of Terrestrial Ecology, Netherlands Institute of Ecology (NIOO-KNAW)/Laboratory of Nematology, Wageningen University, 6700 ES, Wageningen, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 43: 365 - 383
        • ...control of greenhouse gas emissions, and control of pests and pathogens) (Naeem et al. 2009)....

    • 23. 
      Ostrom E. 2005. Understanding Institutional Diversity. Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ. Press
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • New Directions in the Study of Institutional Logics: From Tools to Phenomena

        Michael Lounsbury,1 Christopher W.J. Steele,1 Milo Shaoqing Wang,2 and Madeline Toubiana11Alberta School of Business, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta T6G 2R6, Canada; email: [email protected]2W. P. Carey School of Business, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA
        Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 47: 261 - 280
        • ...Campbell et al. 1991, Hall & Soskice 2001, King & Pearce 2010, Ostrom 2005, Scott et al. 2000), ...
      • Sustainability Science: Toward a Synthesis

        William C. Clark and Alicia G. HarleyJohn F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 45: 331 - 386
        • ...and widely shared beliefs that help to shape the behavior of social actors in their relationships with one another and with nature (50)....
      • The Genomic Commons

        Jorge L. Contreras1 and Bartha M. Knoppers21S.J. Quinney College of Law and School of Medicine, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112, USA; email: [email protected]2Centre of Genomics and Policy and Department of Medicine, McGill University, Montreal, Quebec H3A 0G1, Canada; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Genomics and Human Genetics Vol. 19: 429 - 453
        • ...“[p]olicy changes are experiments based on more or less informed expectations about potential outcomes” (105, ...
      • Valuing Cultural Ecosystem Services

        Mark Hirons1,2,Claudia Comberti1, and Robert Dunford1,31School of Geography and the Environment, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2School of Agriculture, Policy and Development, University of Reading, Reading RG6 6AR, United Kingdom3Centre for Ecology and Hydrology, Wallingford OX10 8BB, United Kingdom
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 545 - 574
        • ...gender, ethnicity, ideology, and customs that enable and constrain actors (91...
      • Water Security and Society: Risks, Metrics, and Pathways

        Dustin Garrick1 and Jim W. Hall21Department of Political Science and Walter G. Booth School of Engineering Practice, McMaster University, Hamilton, Ontario L8S 4M4, Canada; email: [email protected]2Oxford University Centre for the Environment, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 611 - 639
        • ...Institutions are defined in the broadest sense of the term as human-devised constraints structuring human interaction with one another and with the natural environment (130)....
        • ...and nested governance arrangements that match well with local conditions (22, 129...
      • Why Social Relations Matter for Politics and Successful Societies

        Peter A. Hall and Michèle LamontMinda de Gunzburg Center for European Studies, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected], [email protected]
        Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 16: 49 - 71
        • ...They may entail cooperation to resolve common pool resource problems of the sort Ostrom (1990, 2005) has investigated....
      • A Long Polycentric Journey

        Elinor OstromWorkshop in Political Theory and Policy Analysis, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47408; email: [email protected]

        Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 13: 1 - 23
        • ...and lack the selective pressure and information-generating capabilities of a competitive market (E. Ostrom 2005)....
      • Connectivity and the Governance of Multilevel Social-Ecological Systems: The Role of Social Capital

        Eduardo S. Brondizio,1 Elinor Ostrom,2 and Oran R. Young31Department of Anthropology, Anthropological Center for Training and Research on Global Environmental Change (ACT), Center for the Study of Institutions, Population, and Environmental Change (CIPEC), Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]2Workshop in Political Theory and Policy Analysis, CIPEC, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]3Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 34: 253 - 278
        • Does Efficiency Shape the Territorial Structure of Government?

          Liesbet Hooghe1,2 and Gary Marks1,21Department of Political Science, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27599; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Political Science, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, the Netherlands
          Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 12: 225 - 241
          • ...That is to say, they have, albeit weakly, the attributes of what Ostrom (2005, ...
        • ADAPTIVE GOVERNANCE OF SOCIAL-ECOLOGICAL SYSTEMS

          Carl Folke,1,2 Thomas Hahn,1 Per Olsson,1 and Jon Norberg21Centre for Transdisciplinary Environmental Research and 2Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 441 - 473
          • ...including organizational and institutional flexibility for dealing with uncertainty and change (8, 40, 42, 51, 56–61)...
          • ...Ostrom (61) stresses that although theory and evidence play a key role in increasing the probability of selecting rules for resource management, ...
          • ...Institutional interaction across organizational levels can increase the diversity of response options and can deal more appropriately with uncertainty and change (61)....
          • ...They can navigate the turbulent phase and perform through diversification and redundancy rather than simplification (61, 155)....

      • 24. 
        Ellis F. 2000. Rural Livelihoods and Diversity in Developing Countries. Oxford, UK: Oxford Univ. Press
        • Google Scholar
        Article Locations:
        • Article Location
        • Article Location
        More AR articles citing this reference

        • Persistent Hunger: Perspectives on Vulnerability, Famine, and Food Security in Sub-Saharan Africa

          Mamadou Baro and Tara F. DeubelDepartment of Anthropology, and the Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721; email: [email protected], [email protected]
          Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 35: 521 - 538
          • ...They encompass the existing capabilities and assets as well as the sustainability types of socioeconomic activities pursued (Chambers & Conway 1992, Ellis 2000)....

      • 25. 
        Elmqvist T, Folke C, Nyström M, Peterson G, Bengtsson J, et al. 2003. Response diversity, ecosystem change, and resilience. Front. Ecol. Environ. 1:488–94
        • Crossref
        • Web of Science ®
        • Google Scholar
        Article Locations:
        • Article Location
        • Article Location
        More AR articles citing this reference

        • Social-Ecological Systems Insights for Navigating the Dynamics of the Anthropocene

          Belinda Reyers,1,2 Carl Folke,1,3 Michele-Lee Moore,1,4 Reinette Biggs,1,5 and Victor Galaz1,31Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm SE-10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa3Beijer Institute, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-10405, Sweden4Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 2Y2, Canada5Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 267 - 289
          • ...renewal and adaptation to change, as well as opening up pathways for transformation (93)....
          • ...including human-induced alterations of natural disturbances and loss of functional diversity (93, 135)....
        • Sustainability and Development

          Edward B. BarbierDepartment of Economics and Finance, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming 82070; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 261 - 280
          • ...Chavas 2015, Dasgupta & Mäler 2003, Elmqvist et al. 2003, Folke et al. 2004, Levin & Lubchenco 2008, Perrings 1998, Scheffer et al. 2001)....
        • Regime Shifts in Resource Management

          Aart de ZeeuwTilburg Sustainability Center, Department of Economics, Tilburg University, 5000 LE Tilburg, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 85 - 104
          • ...Overfishing around coral reefs may be compensated by keeping a high species diversity within the functional group of herbivores in the ecosystem (Elmquist et al. 2003)....
        • Biology of Invasive Termites: A Worldwide Review

          Theodore A. Evans,1, Brian T. Forschler,2 and J. Kenneth Grace31Department of Biological Sciences, National University of Singapore, 117543, Singapore; email: [email protected]2Department of Entomology, University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia 30602; email: [email protected]3College of Tropical Agriculture and Human Resources, University of Hawaii at Manoa, Honolulu, Hawaii 96822-2271; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Entomology Vol. 58: 455 - 474
          • ...Preventing the establishment of invasive species is a part of the ecosystem resilience concept (33, 91)....
        • Resilience to Climate Change in Coastal Marine Ecosystems

          Joanna R. Bernhardt1,3 and Heather M. Leslie1,2,1Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology and2Center for Environmental Studies, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912; email: [email protected]3Department of Zoology and Biodiversity Research Center, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia V6T 1Z4, Canada; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 5: 371 - 392
          • ...the benefits of functional redundancy are compromised if all species capable of replacing one another respond similarly to environmental fluctuations (Elmqvist et al. 2003)....
        • Toward an Era of Restoration in Ecology: Successes, Failures, and Opportunities Ahead

          Katharine N. SudingDepartment of Environmental Science, Policy, and Management, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 42: 465 - 487
          • ...Ecological redundancy in critical functional groups that allow for a diversity of responses to environmental drivers but maintain similar effects on ecosystem function can lead to increased ecological resilience (Brand & Jax 2007, Elmqvist et al. 2003, Nystrom 2006)....
        • Agroecology: A Review from a Global-Change Perspective

          Thomas P. Tomich,1,2,3,4 Sonja Brodt,3,4 Howard Ferris,5 Ryan Galt,1 William R. Horwath,6 Ermias Kebreab,7 Johan H.J. Leveau,8 Daniel Liptzin,3,4 Mark Lubell,2 Pierre Merel,9 Richard Michelmore,10,11,12,13 Todd Rosenstock,3,4 Kate Scow,3,6 Johan Six,13 Neal Williams,14 and Louie Yang141Department of Human and Community Development,2Department of Environmental Science and Policy,3Agricultural Sustainability Institute at UC Davis,4UC Statewide Sustainable Agriculture Research and Education Program,5Department of Nematology,6Department of Land, Air and Water Resources,7Department of Animal Science,8Department of Plant Pathology,9Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics,10Department of Molecular and Cellular Biology,11Department of Microbiology and Immunology,12Genome Center,13Department of Plant Sciences,14Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 193 - 222
          • ...Integration of social science is essential to understand and enhance resilience of Earth's agroecosystems in the face of complex cross-scale interactions (37) and also to identify thresholds of concern (38)....
          • ...Insights from the literature on resilience are applicable at the farm scale (39), but Brondizio et al. (37), Elmqvist et al. (38), ...
        • What Can Ecology Contribute to Ecosystem-Based Management?

          Simon F. Thrush1 and Paul K. Dayton21National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research, Hillcrest, Hamilton, New Zealand; DipTeRis, Università di Genova, Corso Europa, 26, 16132 Genova, Italy; email: [email protected]2Scripps Institution of Oceanography, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093-0227; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 2: 419 - 441
          • ...the variability in species traits within functional groups has been highlighted as a key factor in maintaining the adaptive capacity of communities and ecosystems to change (Elmqvist et al. 2003)....
        • The Causes and Consequences of Compensatory Dynamics in Ecological Communities

          Andrew Gonzalez and Michel LoreauDepartment of Biology, McGill University, Montréal, Québec, H3A 1B1, Canada; email: [email protected], [email protected]
          Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 40: 393 - 414
          • ...increasing species diversity can stabilize aggregate measures by increasing the range of species responses to environmental fluctuations (Chesson et al. 2001, Elmqvist et al. 2003, Hughes & Roughgarden 1998, Ives & Carpenter 2007, Ives & Hughes 2002, Ives et al. 1999, Loreau & de Mazancourt 2008, Loreau et al. 2003, McNaughton 1977, Norberg et al. 2001, Yachi & Loreau 1999)....
          • ...Both effects are linked through the response diversity of the community (Elmqvist et al. 2003, Ives et al. 1999), ...
        • ADAPTIVE GOVERNANCE OF SOCIAL-ECOLOGICAL SYSTEMS

          Carl Folke,1,2 Thomas Hahn,1 Per Olsson,1 and Jon Norberg21Centre for Transdisciplinary Environmental Research and 2Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 441 - 473
          • Regime Shifts, Resilience, and Biodiversity in Ecosystem Management

            Carl Folke,1,2 Steve Carpenter,2,3 Brian Walker,4 Marten Scheffer,5 Thomas Elmqvist,1 Lance Gunderson,6 and C.S. Holling71Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]; [email protected]2Beijer International Institute of Ecological Economics, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm, Sweden3Center for Limnology, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]4Sustainable Ecosystems, CSIRO, Canberra, ACT, 2601, Australia; email: [email protected]5Aquatic Ecology and Water Quality Management Group, Wageningen Agricultural University, Wageningen, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]6Department of Environmental Studies, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322; email: [email protected]716871 Sturgis Circle, Cedar Key, Florida 32625; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 35: 557 - 581
            • ...It helps sustain desired states of dynamic ecosystem regimes in the face of uncertainty and surprise (Elmqvist et al. 2003)....
            • ...Variability in responses of species within functional groups to environmental change is critical to ecosystem resilience (Chapin et al. 1997, Norberg et al. 2001). Elmqvist et al. (2003) call this property response diversity, ...
            • ...Ecosystems with high response diversity increase the likelihood for renewal and reorganization into a desired state after disturbance (Chapin et al. 1997, Elmqvist et al. 2003)....
            • ...to thousands of kilometers, such as green turtles (Elmqvist et al. 2003)....

        • 26. 
          Nyström M. 2006. Redundancy and response diversity of functional groups: implications for the resilience of coral reefs. AMBIO 35:30–35
          • Crossref
          • Medline
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Toward an Era of Restoration in Ecology: Successes, Failures, and Opportunities Ahead

            Katharine N. SudingDepartment of Environmental Science, Policy, and Management, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 42: 465 - 487
            • ...Ecological redundancy in critical functional groups that allow for a diversity of responses to environmental drivers but maintain similar effects on ecosystem function can lead to increased ecological resilience (Brand & Jax 2007, Elmqvist et al. 2003, Nystrom 2006)....
            • ...and connectivity should affect resilience (Millar et al. 2007, Nystrom 2006, Pardini et al. 2010)....

        • 27. 
          Walker B, Kinzig AP, Langridge J. 1999. Plant attribute diversity, resilience, and ecosystem function: the nature and significance of dominant and minor species. Ecosystems 2:95–113
          • Crossref
          • Medline
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Incorporating Biological Traits into Conservation Strategies

            Marta Miatta,1 Amanda E. Bates,1 and Paul V.R. Snelgrove1,21Department of Ocean Sciences, Memorial University of Newfoundland, St. John's, Newfoundland A1C 5S7, Canada; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Biology, Memorial University of Newfoundland, St. John's, Newfoundland A1C 5S7, Canada
            Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 13: 421 - 443
            • ... and the resilience of biological communities (Walker et al. 1999, Petchey & Gaston 2002)....
            • ...Other traditional functional indices include metrics based on the sum (Walker et al. 1999)...
          • The Economic Value of Biodiversity

            Nick Hanley1 and Charles Perrings21Institute of Biodiversity, Animal Health and Comparative Medicine, University of Glasgow, Glasgow G12 8QQ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2School of Life Sciences, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA
            Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 11: 355 - 375
            • ...Following the measure of functional attribute diversity (Walker et al. 1999), ...
          • Unifying Species Diversity, Phylogenetic Diversity, Functional Diversity, and Related Similarity and Differentiation Measures Through Hill Numbers

            Anne Chao,1 Chun-Huo Chiu,1 and Lou Jost21Institute of Statistics, National Tsing Hua University, Hsin-Chu, 30043 Taiwan; email: [email protected], [email protected]2EcoMinga Foundation, Baños, Tungurahua, Ecuador; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 45: 297 - 324
            • ...A large array of functional diversity measures have been developed in the literature (Walker et al. 1999, Petchey & Gaston 2002, Díaz et al. 2007, Villéger et al. 2008, Poos et al. 2009, Schmera et al. 2009, Laliberte & Legendre 2010, Mouchet et al. 2010, Chiu & Chao 2014)....
            • ...The functional attribute diversity (FAD) (Walker et al. 1999) is the sum of the pairwise distances between species,...
          • On the Value of Agricultural Biodiversity

            Salvatore Di FalcoDepartment of Geography and Environment, London School of Economics, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 207 - 223
            • ...Plants can exhibit a greater reliance on positive synergies and display facilitation (rather than competition). 5 The implication is that conserving diversity in the field delivers important productive services and allows farmers to mitigate some of the negative effects of harsh weather and agroecological conditions ( Bellon et al. 1997, Walker et al. 1999, Di Falco & Chavas 2009)....
          • Regime Shifts, Resilience, and Biodiversity in Ecosystem Management

            Carl Folke,1,2 Steve Carpenter,2,3 Brian Walker,4 Marten Scheffer,5 Thomas Elmqvist,1 Lance Gunderson,6 and C.S. Holling71Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]; [email protected]2Beijer International Institute of Ecological Economics, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm, Sweden3Center for Limnology, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]4Sustainable Ecosystems, CSIRO, Canberra, ACT, 2601, Australia; email: [email protected]5Aquatic Ecology and Water Quality Management Group, Wageningen Agricultural University, Wageningen, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]6Department of Environmental Studies, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322; email: [email protected]716871 Sturgis Circle, Cedar Key, Florida 32625; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 35: 557 - 581
            • ...which ensures maintenance of rangeland function over a range of environmental conditions (Walker et al. 1999)....
          • ECOLOGY OF MYCORRHIZAE: A Conceptual Framework for Complex Interactions Among Plants and Fungi

            M.F. Allen,1 W. Swenson,1 J.I. Querejeta,1 L.M. Egerton-Warburton,1,2 and K.K. Treseder31Center for Conservation Biology, University of California, Riverside, California 92521; email: [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] 2Institute for Plant Conservation, Chicago Botanic Garden, 1000 Lake Cook Rd, Glencoe, Illinois 60022; email: [email protected] 3Department of Biology, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104; e-mail: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Phytopathology Vol. 41: 271 - 303
            • ...Improving our understanding of mycorrhizal diversity-function relationships across ecosystems will require linking phylogeny with function (126)....
            • ...Walker and colleagues (126) argued that the small number of dominant species in any given ecosystem tend to differ functionally, ...
          • Ecological Resilience—In Theory and Application

            Lance H. GundersonDept. of Environmental Studies, Emory University, Atlanta, 30322; Georgia e-mail: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics Vol. 31: 425 - 439
            • ...Examples include nutrients in wetlands and lakes (5, 46), species compositions in rangelands (56, 59)...
            • ...The role of ecological diversity over a much broader range of variations and especially the relationship between diversity and resilience have only been recently addressed (31, 43, 55, 56)....
            • ...Walker has more recently shown how the diversity of functional groups also maintains the resilience of ecosystem structure and function (56)....

        • 28. 
          Peterson GD, Allen CR, Holling CS. 1998. Ecological resilience, biodiversity, and scale. Ecosystems 1:6–18
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Sustainability and Development

            Edward B. BarbierDepartment of Economics and Finance, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming 82070; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 261 - 280
            • ...Many ecological studies identify irreversible landscape conversion as posing a threat of ecosystem collapse (Busing & White 1993, Dobson et al. 2006, Halpern et al. 2007, Lotze et al. 2006, Peterson et al. 1998, Turner et al. 1993)....
          • Biology of Invasive Termites: A Worldwide Review

            Theodore A. Evans,1, Brian T. Forschler,2 and J. Kenneth Grace31Department of Biological Sciences, National University of Singapore, 117543, Singapore; email: [email protected]2Department of Entomology, University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia 30602; email: [email protected]3College of Tropical Agriculture and Human Resources, University of Hawaii at Manoa, Honolulu, Hawaii 96822-2271; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Entomology Vol. 58: 455 - 474
            • ...Preventing the establishment of invasive species is a part of the ecosystem resilience concept (33, 91)....
          • Ecology of Plant and Free-Living Nematodes in Natural and Agricultural Soil

            Deborah A. NeherDepartment of Plant & Soil Science, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont 05405; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Phytopathology Vol. 48: 371 - 394
            • ...reorganize, and maintain adaptive capacity before shifting to another stability domain (63, 120)....
            • ...Chronic or press disturbance can lead to gradual species extinction and eventually decreases resiliency of an ecosystem to disturbance or disruption (79, 120)....
          • The Ecology of Seamounts: Structure, Function, and Human Impacts

            Malcolm R. Clark,1 Ashley A. Rowden,1 Thomas Schlacher,2 Alan Williams,3 Mireille Consalvey,1 Karen I. Stocks,4 Alex D. Rogers,5 Timothy D. O'Hara,6 Martin White,7 Timothy M. Shank,8 and Jason M. Hall-Spencer91National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research (NIWA), Wellington 6021, New Zealand; email: [email protected]2University of the Sunshine Coast, Maroochydore DC, QLD 4558, Australia3Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation (CSIRO), Wealth from Oceans Flagship, Marine Laboratories, Hobart, Tasmania 7001, Australia4University of California, San Diego, SDSC, La Jolla, California 920935Institute of Zoology, Zoological Society of London, Regents Park, London, NW1 4RY, United Kingdom6Museum of Victoria, Melbourne 3001, Australia7Department of Earth and Ocean Sciences, National University of Ireland, Galway, Ireland8Biology Department, MS33 Redfield Laboratory, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, Woods Hole, Massachusetts 025439Marine Biology and Ecology Research Centre, Marine Institute, University of Plymouth, Plymouth PL4 8AA, United Kingdom
            Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 2: 253 - 278
            • ...; (d) nested spatial scales that stable states may occupy (Peterson et al. 1998)...
          • Biodiversity-Ecosystem Function Research: Is It Relevant to Conservation?

            Diane S. Srivastava1 and Mark Vellend2,31Department of Zoology and Biodiversity Research Centre, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6T 1Z4; email: [email protected]2National Center for Ecological Analysis and Synthesis, Santa Barbara, California 93101-33513Current address: Departments of Botany and Zoology and Biodiversity Research Centre, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6T 1Z4; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 36: 267 - 294
            • ...; Loreau & Mouquet 1999; Loreau et al. 2003; Peterson et al. 1998...
          • ADAPTIVE GOVERNANCE OF SOCIAL-ECOLOGICAL SYSTEMS

            Carl Folke,1,2 Thomas Hahn,1 Per Olsson,1 and Jon Norberg21Centre for Transdisciplinary Environmental Research and 2Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
            Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 441 - 473
            • ...Significant roles of biological diversity in the dynamics and resilience of complex adaptive systems faced with change become part of the process (26...
          • Regime Shifts, Resilience, and Biodiversity in Ecosystem Management

            Carl Folke,1,2 Steve Carpenter,2,3 Brian Walker,4 Marten Scheffer,5 Thomas Elmqvist,1 Lance Gunderson,6 and C.S. Holling71Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]; [email protected]2Beijer International Institute of Ecological Economics, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm, Sweden3Center for Limnology, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]4Sustainable Ecosystems, CSIRO, Canberra, ACT, 2601, Australia; email: [email protected]5Aquatic Ecology and Water Quality Management Group, Wageningen Agricultural University, Wageningen, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]6Department of Environmental Studies, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322; email: [email protected]716871 Sturgis Circle, Cedar Key, Florida 32625; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 35: 557 - 581
            • ...The ability for reorganization and renewal of a desired ecosystem state after disturbance and change will strongly depend on the influences from states and dynamics at scales above and below (Peterson et al. 1998)....
            • ...and the robustness over a wider range of environmental conditions is enhanced (Peterson et al. 1998)....
            • ...landscapes and regions) ensures that appropriate key species for ecosystem functioning are recruited to local systems after disturbance or when environmental conditions change (Bengtsson et al. 2003, Nyström & Folke 2001, Peterson et al. 1998)....
          • Ecological Resilience—In Theory and Application

            Lance H. GundersonDept. of Environmental Studies, Emory University, Atlanta, 30322; Georgia e-mail: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics Vol. 31: 425 - 439
            • ...The role of ecological diversity over a much broader range of variations and especially the relationship between diversity and resilience have only been recently addressed (31, 43, 55, 56)....
            • ...Recent models indicate that biodiversity provides a cross-scale resilience (43)....

        • 29. 
          Jose S. 2009. Agroforestry for ecosystem services and environmental benefits. Agrofor. Syst. 76:1–10
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
        • 30. 
          Tilman D, Reich PB, Knops JMH. 2006. Biodiversity and ecosystem stability in a decade-long grassland experiment. Nature 441:629–32
          • Crossref
          • Medline
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Biodiversity and Ecosystem Functioning

            David Tilman,1,2 Forest Isbell,1,3 and Jane M. Cowles11Department of Ecology, Evolution, and Behavior, University of Minnesota, Saint Paul, Minnesota 55108; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 931063Department of Plant Biology, University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia 30602
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 45: 471 - 493
            • ...Lines represent regression fits and 95% confidence intervals (Tilman et al. 2006b)....
            • ...community temporal stability across a 10-year period was significantly greater at higher plant diversity (Figure 3c); this greater stability resulted more from increases in community biomass with diversity than from statistical averaging (Tilman et al. 2006b)....
            • ...The underlying cause for the higher community stability at higher diversity was much like that observed at Cedar Creek (Tilman et al. 2006b): The increase in total community biomass with diversity was much greater than the change in community variance, ...
          • The Causes and Consequences of Compensatory Dynamics in Ecological Communities

            Andrew Gonzalez and Michel LoreauDepartment of Biology, McGill University, Montréal, Québec, H3A 1B1, Canada; email: [email protected], [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 40: 393 - 414
            • ...More recent research has confirmed that population fluctuations in grasslands tend to be compensatory and stabilizing (Bai et al. 2004, Tilman et al. 2006)....
            • ...these results were consistent with theory indicating that diversity should enhance ecosystem resistance. Tilman et al. (2006) provide clearer evidence that negative correlations in species fluctuations contribute to community stability across 207 Minnesota grassland plots in which diversity was manipulated experimentally....
          • Understanding the Effects of Marine Biodiversity on Communities and Ecosystems

            John J. Stachowicz1,John F. Bruno,2 and J. Emmett Duffy3 1Section of Evolution and Ecology, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected] 2Department of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27599-3300 3Virginia Institute of Marine Sciences, College of William and Mary, Gloucester Point, Virginia 23062
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 38: 739 - 766
            • ...has demonstrated that the identity and number of plant species in a system can strongly influence ecosystem functioning (Hooper et al. 2005; Loreau et al. 2001, 2002; Tilman 1999; Tilman et al. 2006)....
            • ...one can also measure the relationship between richness and variability in these same processes over time (review in Hooper et al. 2005, McCann 2000, Tilman et al. 2006)....
            • ...which indicates that species are stably coexisting (Tilman 1999, Tilman et al. 2006)....

        • 31. 
          Scholes RJ, Biggs R, eds. 2004. Ecosystem Services in Southern Africa: A Regional Assessment. Pretoria, S. Afr.: CSIR
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
        • 32. 
          Naiman RJ, Décamps H, McClain ME. 2005. Riparia: Ecology, Conservation, and Management of Streamside Communities. San Diego, CA: Elsevier
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Ecological Restoration of Streams and Rivers: Shifting Strategies and Shifting Goals

            Margaret A. Palmer,1,2 Kelly L. Hondula,2 and Benjamin J. Koch1,31Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, University of Maryland Center for Environmental Science, Solomons, Maryland 20688; email: [email protected]2National Socio-Environmental Synthesis Center, University of Maryland, Annapolis, Maryland 21401; email: [email protected]3Center for Ecosystem Science and Society, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona 86011; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 45: 247 - 269
            • ...bData taken from Bady et al. (2005), Bunn et al. (2010), Casanova (2011), Clapcott et al. (2010), Davies et al. (2010), Diamond et al. (2012), González del Tánago & García de Jalón (2006), Hauer & Lamberti (2007), Kondolf & Piégay (2003), Marks et al. (2010), Naiman et al. (2005), Newcomer et al. (2012), Shackelford et al. (2013), Sudduth et al. (2011), Woolsey et al. (2005, 2007)....

        • 33. 
          Abrahamson E. 1991. Managerial fads and fashions: the diffusion and rejection of innovations. Acad. Manag. Rev. 16:586–612
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Sociology of Fashion: Order and Change

            Patrik Aspers1,2 and Frédéric Godart31Department of Sociology, Uppsala University, SE-751 26 Uppsala, Sweden2Swedish School of Textiles, University of Borås, SE-501 90 Borås, Sweden; email: [email protected]3Organisational Behaviour Department, INSEAD, 77305 Fontainebleau, France; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 39: 171 - 192
            • ...for the telecommunications industry (Djelic & Ainamo 2005), research in management (Abrahamson 1991, 1996), ...
          • Innovations in Policing: Meanings, Structures, and Processes

            James J. Willis and Stephen D. MastrofskiDepartment of Criminology, Law and Society, George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia 22030; email: [email protected], [email protected]
            Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 7: 309 - 334
            • ... recent essay is a good illustration of this technical/rational or efficient choice model of innovation diffusion (see also Abrahamson 1991)....
            • ...which perhaps even coexist with the rational processes described above (Abrahamson 1991)....
            • ...One of the benefits of exploring alternative explanations for innovation diffusion is that the technical/rational perspective cannot account for the adoption and diffusion of technically inefficient innovations and may not fully reveal why technically efficient innovations are discarded (Abrahamson 1991, ...
            • ...but before they have had time to fulfill their potential they may lose popularity (Abrahamson 1991, ...

        • 34. 
          Bohensky E, Reyers B, van Jaarsveld AS, Fabricius C, eds. 2004. Ecosystem Services in the Gariep Basin. Stellenbosch, S. Afr.: Sun Press
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
        • 35. 
          Turner MG, Baker WL, Peterson CJ, Peet RK. 1998. Factors influencing succession: lessons from large, infrequent natural disturbances. Ecosystems 1:511–23
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
        • 36. 
          Norgaard RB, Baer P. 2005. Collectively seeing complex systems: the nature of the problem. BioScience 55:953–60
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
        • 37. 
          Biggs R, Carpenter SR, Brock WA. 2009. Spurious certainty: how ignoring measurement error and environmental heterogeneity may contribute to environmental controversies. BioScience 59:65–76
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
        • 38. 
          Walters CJ, Holling CS. 1990. Large-scale management experiments and learning by doing. Ecology 71:2060–68
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Locations:
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • New Approaches to Marine Conservation Through the Scaling Up of Ecological Data

            Graham J. Edgar,1 Amanda E. Bates,2 Tomas J. Bird,3 Alun H. Jones,4 Stuart Kininmonth,5 Rick D. Stuart-Smith,1 and Thomas J. Webb41Institute for Marine and Antarctic Studies, University of Tasmania, Hobart 7004, Tasmania, Australia; email: [email protected], [email protected]2National Oceanography Centre Southampton, University of Southampton, Southampton SO14 3ZH, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]3Department of Geography and the Environment, University of Southampton, Southampton SO17 1BJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]4Department of Animal and Plant Sciences, University of Sheffield, Sheffield S10 2TN, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]5Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 8: 435 - 461
            • ...has been conducted at an appropriate scale to help improve management understanding (Walters & Holling 1990)....

        • 39. 
          Hector A, Bagchi R. 2007. Biodiversity and ecosystem multifunctionality. Nature 448:188–90
          • Crossref
          • Medline
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • More Than the Sum of Its Parts: Microbiome Biodiversity as a Driver of Plant Growth and Soil Health

            Muhammad Saleem,1 Jie Hu,2 and Alexandre Jousset21Department of Biological Sciences, Alabama State University, Montgomery, Alabama 36104, USA; email: [email protected]2Institute of Environmental Biology, Ecology and Biodiversity, Utrecht University, 3584 CH Utrecht, The Netherlands
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 50: 145 - 168
            • ...or the support of pollinators) (Hector & Bagchi 2007, Reich et al. 2012)....
          • Structure and Functioning of Dryland Ecosystems in a Changing World

            Fernando T. Maestre,1 David J. Eldridge,2 Santiago Soliveres,3 Sonia Kéfi,4 Manuel Delgado-Baquerizo,1,5 Matthew A. Bowker,6 Pablo García-Palacios,1 Juan Gaitán,7 Antonio Gallardo,8 Roberto Lázaro,9 and Miguel Berdugo11Departamento de Biología y Geología, Física y Química Inorgánica, Escuela Superior de Ciencias Experimentales y Tecnología, Universidad Rey Juan Carlos, 28933 Móstoles, Spain; email: [email protected]2Centre for Ecosystem Science, School of Biological, Earth and Environmental Sciences, University of New South Wales, Sydney, New South Wales 2052, Australia3Institute of Plant Sciences, University of Bern, 3013 Bern, Switzerland4Institut des Sciences de l'Evolution, Université de Montpellier, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS), Institut de Recherche pour le Développement (IRD), Ecole Pratique des Hautes Etudes, 34095 Montpellier Cedex 05, France5Hawkesbury Institute for the Environment, Western Sydney University, Penrith, New South Wales 2751, Australia6School of Forestry, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona 860117Instituto de Suelos, Instituto Nacional de Tecnología Agropecuaria, 1686 Hurlingham, Buenos Aires, Argentina8Departamento de Sistemas Físicos, Químicos y Naturales, Universidad Pablo de Olavide, 41013 Sevilla, Spain9Departamento de Desertificación y Geoecología. Estación Experimental de Zonas Áridas, Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas, 04120 Almería, Spain
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 47: 215 - 237
            • ...We discuss the emergence of major global change drivers in drylands and the ways in which they interact with abiotic factors and biotic attributes to influence the simultaneous provision of multiple ecosystem functions (multifunctionality) (Hector & Bagchi 2007)....
          • Biodiversity and Ecosystem Functioning

            David Tilman,1,2 Forest Isbell,1,3 and Jane M. Cowles11Department of Ecology, Evolution, and Behavior, University of Minnesota, Saint Paul, Minnesota 55108; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 931063Department of Plant Biology, University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia 30602
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 45: 471 - 493
            • ...the net effect found by Hector & Bagchi (2007) is that many more species are needed to maintain multiple types of ecosystem processes than are demonstrably linked to any given process (Figure 5)....
            • ...Figure adapted from Hector & Bagchi (2007) with permission....
          • What Can Ecology Contribute to Ecosystem-Based Management?

            Simon F. Thrush1 and Paul K. Dayton21National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research, Hillcrest, Hamilton, New Zealand; DipTeRis, Università di Genova, Corso Europa, 26, 16132 Genova, Italy; email: [email protected]2Scripps Institution of Oceanography, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093-0227; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 2: 419 - 441
            • ...and another important scaling challenge is the development of multifunction approaches to biodiversity and ecosystem function (Hector & Bagchi 2007)....

        • 40. 
          Mills S, Soulé M, Doak D. 1993. The keystone-species concept in ecology and conservation. BioScience 43:219–24
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Mistletoe—A Keystone Resource in Forests and Woodlands Worldwide

            David M. WatsonThe Johnstone Centre and Environmental Studies Unit, Charles Sturt University, Bathurst New South Wales 2795, Australia; e-mail: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics Vol. 32: 219 - 249
            • ...Mills et al. 1993) have suggested that the term has become so widely used that it has become too generic and unwieldy....
            • ...p. 609) defined a keystone as a group “whose impact on its community or ecosystem is large and disproportionately large relative to its abundance.” Mills and coauthors (1993) stated that an important component of defining keystones was interaction strength, ...
          • WHEN DOES MORPHOLOGY MATTER?

            M. A. R. KoehlDepartment of Integrative Biology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720-3140
            Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics Vol. 27: 501 - 542
            • ...Keystone species (e.g. 155, 156, 178), now defined as those species whose impact on a community or ecosystem is disproportionately large relative to their abundance or biomass (193)...

        • 41. 
          Solé RV, Montoya M. 2001. Complexity and fragility in ecological networks. Proc. R. Soc. B 268:2039–45
          • Crossref
          • Medline
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Locations:
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • The Structure of Ecological Networks Across Levels of Organization

            Paulo R. Guimarães Jr.Departamento de Ecologia, Instituto de Biociências, Universidade de São Paulo, São Paulo, 05508-090, Brazil; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 51: 433 - 460
            • ...extinction dynamics (Memmott et al. 2004, Solé & Montoya 2001, Vieira & Almeida-Neto 2015), ...
            • ...such as wide variation in the number of interactions across species (Jordano et al. 2003, Solé & Montoya 2001), ...
          • Coextinction and Persistence of Dependent Species in a Changing World

            Robert K. Colwell,1,2 Robert R. Dunn,3 and Nyeema C. Harris41Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 06269; email: [email protected]2University of Colorado Museum of Natural History, Boulder, Colorado 803093Department of Biology and4Department of Forestry and Environmental Resources, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 43: 183 - 203
            • ...Solé & Montoya (2001) demonstrated that random deletion of species initially leads to few secondary extinctions, ...
          • Plant-Animal Mutualistic Networks: The Architecture of Biodiversity

            Jordi Bascompte and Pedro JordanoIntegrative Ecology Group, Estación Biológica de Doñana, CSIC, E-41080 Sevilla, Spain; email: [email protected], [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 38: 567 - 593
            • ...and simultaneous to their search in food webs (Camacho et al. 2002, Dunne et al. 2002a, Solé & Montoya 2001), ...
            • ...Similar species-deletion experiments in food webs provided information on the fragility of ecological networks (Dunne et al. 2002b, Pimm 1979, Solé & Montoya 2001) (Figure 4)....
          • Measurement of Interaction Strength in Nature

            J. Timothy Wootton1 and Mark Emmerson21Department of Ecology and Evolution, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637; email: [email protected] 2Department of Zoology, Ecology, and Plant Sciences, University College Cork, Cork, Ireland; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 36: 419 - 444
            • ...Solé & Montoya (2001) investigated the effects of the loss of highly connected species from complex real food webs relative to the loss of species at random from these same webs....

        • 42. 
          Butler DR, Malanson GP. 2005. The geomorphic influences of beaver dams and failures of beaver dams. Geomorphology 71:48–60
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
        • 43. 
          Janssen MA, Anderies JM, Ostrom E. 2007. Robustness of social-ecological systems to spatial and temporal variability. Soc. Nat. Resour. 20:307–22
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

            Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
            Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
            • ...Adaptations are seldom permanent (49), rather they should be understood to be adjustments to the current system context, ...
            • ...Janssen et al. (49) suggest that social-ecological systems are vulnerable not only to changes in the physical environment, ...
            • ...Janssen et al. (49) provide an example that highlights the substitutability of local adaptive capacity....
            • ...Yet this is a challenging task in light of evidence that reducing exposure to current risks can adversely affect future vulnerability and resilience to future unknown events (49, 72, 78, 91)....

        • 44. 
          Lietaer B, Ulanowicz RE, Goerner SJ, McLaren N. 2010. Is our monetary structure a systemic cause for financial instability? Evidence and remedies from nature. J. Futures Stud. 14:89–108
          • Google Scholar
          Article Locations:
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
        • 45. 
          Ulanowicz RE, Goerner SJ, Lietaer B, Gomez R. 2009. Quantifying sustainability: resilience, efficiency and the return of information theory. Ecol. Complex. 6:27–36
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Locations:
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
        • 46. 
          Jentoft S, Bavinck M, Johnson DS, Thomson KT. 2009. Fisheries co-management and legal pluralism: how an analytical problem becomes an institutional one. Hum. Organ. 68:27–38
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
        • 47. 
          Ives AR, Carpenter SR. 2007. Stability and diversity of ecosystems. Science 317:58–62
          • Crossref
          • Medline
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Food Webs and Ecosystems: Linking Species Interactions to the Carbon Cycle

            Oswald J. Schmitz1 and Shawn J. Leroux21School of the Environment, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Biology, Memorial University of Newfoundland, St. John's, Newfoundland, A1B 3X9, Canada; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 51: 271 - 295
            • ...the few modeling analyses of carbon cycling quantify dynamical effects and responses very differently than do empirical analyses (Marquet et al. 2015, Ives & Carpenter 2007)....
          • Characterizing Species Interactions to Understand Press Perturbations: What Is the Community Matrix?

            Mark Novak,1 Justin D. Yeakel,2,3 Andrew E. Noble,4 Daniel F. Doak,5 Mark Emmerson,6 James A. Estes,7 Ute Jacob,8 M. Timothy Tinker,9 and J. Timothy Wootton101Department of Integrative Biology, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon 97331; email: [email protected]2School of Natural Sciences, University of California, Merced, California 953433Santa Fe Institute, Santa Fe, New Mexico 875014Department of Environmental Science and Policy, University of California, Davis, California 956165Department of Environmental Studies, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 803096School of Biological Sciences, Queen's University Belfast, Belfast BT7 1NN, Northern Ireland, United Kingdom7Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of California, Santa Cruz, California 950608Department of Biology, University of Hamburg, D-22767 Hamburg, Germany9Western Ecological Research Center, US Geological Survey, Santa Cruz, California 9506010Department of Ecology and Evolution, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 47: 409 - 432
            • ...and climate change, has received much less attention (Ives & Carpenter 2007)....
            • ...Many of the developments in our understanding of the factors that contribute to community stability and persistence need consideration in the framework of press perturbations (Ives & Carpenter 2007)....
          • The Ecological and Evolutionary Consequences of Marine Reserves

            Marissa L. Baskett1 and Lewis A.K. Barnett2,31Department of Environmental Science and Policy, University of California, Davis, California 95616-5270; email: [email protected]2Joint Institute for the Study of the Atmosphere and Oceans, under contract to Fisheries Resource Assessment and Monitoring Division, Northwest Fisheries Science Center, National Marine Fisheries Service, Seattle, Washington 98110; email: [email protected]3School of Aquatic and Fishery Sciences, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 46: 49 - 73
            • ...and metrics that describe the tendency for a community to remain in or return to a particular state (reviewed in Ives & Carpenter 2007), ...
            • ...which is typically measured as decreased temporal variability or invasiveness (Ives & Carpenter 2007)....
          • Microbially Mediated Transformations of Phosphorus in the Sea: New Views of an Old Cycle

            David M. KarlDaniel K. Inouye Center for Microbial Oceanography: Research and Education, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii 96822; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 6: 279 - 337
            • ...it is resilient to change until some new environmental threshold is achieved (Ives & Carpenter 2007)....
          • From Animalcules to an Ecosystem: Application of Ecological Concepts to the Human Microbiome

            Noah Fierer,1,2 Scott Ferrenberg,1 Gilberto E. Flores,2 Antonio González,3 Jordan Kueneman,1 Teresa Legg,1 Ryan C. Lynch,1 Daniel McDonald,4 Joseph R. Mihaljevic,1 Sean P. O'Neill,1,5 Matthew E. Rhodes,1 Se Jin Song,1 and William A. Walters61Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology,2Cooperative Institute for Research in Environmental Sciences,3Department of Computer Science,4Biofrontiers Institute,5Institute of Arctic and Alpine Research, and6Department of Molecular, Cellular, and Developmental Biology, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80309; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 43: 137 - 155
            • ...more diverse communities may be more resistant to invasion (Ives & Carpenter 2007)....
          • Ecology of Plant and Free-Living Nematodes in Natural and Agricultural Soil

            Deborah A. NeherDepartment of Plant & Soil Science, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont 05405; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Phytopathology Vol. 48: 371 - 394
            • ...many ecologists claim that biodiversity itself (number of species or species richness) is not a good predictor of stability, (79, 93) and controversy remains....
            • ...Chronic or press disturbance can lead to gradual species extinction and eventually decreases resiliency of an ecosystem to disturbance or disruption (79, 120)....
          • The Causes and Consequences of Compensatory Dynamics in Ecological Communities

            Andrew Gonzalez and Michel LoreauDepartment of Biology, McGill University, Montréal, Québec, H3A 1B1, Canada; email: [email protected], [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 40: 393 - 414
            • ...increasing species diversity can stabilize aggregate measures by increasing the range of species responses to environmental fluctuations (Chesson et al. 2001, Elmqvist et al. 2003, Hughes & Roughgarden 1998, Ives & Carpenter 2007, Ives & Hughes 2002, Ives et al. 1999, Loreau & de Mazancourt 2008, Loreau et al. 2003, McNaughton 1977, Norberg et al. 2001, Yachi & Loreau 1999)....
          • Land-Change Science and Political Ecology: Similarities, Differences, and Implications for Sustainability Science

            B.L. Turner II1 and Paul Robbins21School of Geographical Sciences, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona, 85287-5302; email: [email protected]2Department of Geography and Regional Development, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona, 85287; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 295 - 316
            • ...PE expresses concern about simplifications of concepts borrowed from ecological science for policy and development applications, including carrying capacity and area-biodiversity and biodiversity-stability relationships (132, 133)....
          • Rules of Engagement: Interspecies Interactions that Regulate Microbial Communities

            Ainslie E.F. Little,1 Courtney J. Robinson,1 S. Brook Peterson,1 Kenneth F. Raffa,3 and Jo Handelsman1,21Department of Bacteriology, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin, 53706; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Plant Pathology, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin, 53706; email: [email protected]3Department of Entomology, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin, 53706; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Microbiology Vol. 62: 375 - 401
            • ...the debate questions whether increased community diversity increases or decreases community stability (see References 89...

        • 48. 
          Harris PG. 2007. Collective action on climate change: the logic of regime failure. Nat. Resour. J. 47:195–224
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Locations:
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
        • 49. 
          Bodin Ö, Prell C, eds. 2011. Social Networks and Natural Resource Management: Uncovering the Social Fabric of Environmental Governance. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press
          • Crossref
          • Google Scholar
          Article Locations:
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Social Networks and the Environment

            Julio ViderasEconomics Department, Hamilton College, Clinton, New York 13323; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 211 - 226
            • ...As Bodin & Prell (2011, p. 17) write: “[S]ocial networks are often treated as a metaphor for saying that certain actors are closer to each other, ...
            • ...10The volume edited by Bodin & Prell (2011) includes ten case studies of social network analysis in the area of natural resource management. Bodin & Crona (2009)...

        • 50. 
          Nyström M, Folke C. 2001. Spatial resilience of coral reefs. Ecosystems 4:406–17
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Locations:
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Resilience to Climate Change in Coastal Marine Ecosystems

            Joanna R. Bernhardt1,3 and Heather M. Leslie1,2,1Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology and2Center for Environmental Studies, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912; email: [email protected]3Department of Zoology and Biodiversity Research Center, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia V6T 1Z4, Canada; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 5: 371 - 392
            • ...Ecological memory (connectivity in time).Ecological memory refers to the species and habitats in a particular place that facilitate recovery following disturbance. Nyström & Folke (2001) identified three components of ecological memory: biological and structural legacies, ...
          • Regime Shifts, Resilience, and Biodiversity in Ecosystem Management

            Carl Folke,1,2 Steve Carpenter,2,3 Brian Walker,4 Marten Scheffer,5 Thomas Elmqvist,1 Lance Gunderson,6 and C.S. Holling71Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]; [email protected]2Beijer International Institute of Ecological Economics, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm, Sweden3Center for Limnology, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]4Sustainable Ecosystems, CSIRO, Canberra, ACT, 2601, Australia; email: [email protected]5Aquatic Ecology and Water Quality Management Group, Wageningen Agricultural University, Wageningen, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]6Department of Environmental Studies, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322; email: [email protected]716871 Sturgis Circle, Cedar Key, Florida 32625; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 35: 557 - 581
            • ...Functional roles in the back-loop and sources of resilience are critical for sustaining an ecosystem within a desired state in the face of change (Nyström & Folke 2001)....
            • ...landscapes and regions) ensures that appropriate key species for ecosystem functioning are recruited to local systems after disturbance or when environmental conditions change (Bengtsson et al. 2003, Nyström & Folke 2001, Peterson et al. 1998)....
          • Flexibility and Specificity in Coral-Algal Symbiosis: Diversity, Ecology, and Biogeography of Symbiodinium

            Andrew C. Baker1,21Wildlife Conservation Society, Marine Conservation Program, 2300 Southern Boulevard, Bronx, New York 10460 2Center for Environmental Research and Conservation, Columbia University, 1200 Amsterdam Avenue, MC 5557, New York, New York 10027; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 34: 661 - 689
            • ...The spatial resilience of coral reefs—the dynamic capacity of a reef to avoid thresholds at a regional scale (Nystrom & Folke 2001, Nystrom et al. 2000)—may be significantly increased by the diverse and flexible nature of symbioses involving Symbiodinium....

        • 51. 
          Bodin Ö, Crona BI. 2009. The role of social networks in natural resource governance: What relational patterns make a difference? Glob. Environ. Change 19:366–74
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Locations:
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Reconciling Conflict and Cooperation in Environmental Governance: A Social Network Perspective

            Örjan Bodin,1 María Mancilla García,1 and Garry Robins21Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, 106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Melbourne School of Psychological Sciences, The University of Melbourne, Melbourne, Victoria 3010, Australia; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 45: 471 - 495
            • ...so a network structure conducive to one governance aspect might not necessarily be conducive to another (66)....
          • Social-Ecological Systems Insights for Navigating the Dynamics of the Anthropocene

            Belinda Reyers,1,2 Carl Folke,1,3 Michele-Lee Moore,1,4 Reinette Biggs,1,5 and Victor Galaz1,31Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm SE-10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa3Beijer Institute, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-10405, Sweden4Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 2Y2, Canada5Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa
            Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 267 - 289
            • ...the function of social organizational forms such as networks in system dynamics (34...
          • Networks and the Challenge of Sustainable Development

            Adam Douglas Henry1 and Björn Vollan21School of Government and Public Policy, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721-0027; email: [email protected]2Department of Public Finance, University of Innsbruck, A-6020 Innsbruck, Austria; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 583 - 610
            • ...Patterns of social interaction influence the ability of resource users to engage in successful self-governance (30), ...
            • ...including several literature reviews focused on networks and the environment (e.g., 30, 62, 63)....
            • ...We know that different patterns of relations in a given network boundary change outcomes (30), ...
            • ...in part because density reflects an overall intensity of relations; in fact what matters most is the distribution of these relations across the system (30)....
            • ...Thus, and as Bodin & Crona (30) noted, there might be an inverse U-shape function at work where increasing density produces better outcomes through the resolution of information asymmetries, ...
          • Social Networks and the Environment

            Julio ViderasEconomics Department, Hamilton College, Clinton, New York 13323; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 211 - 226
            • ... includes ten case studies of social network analysis in the area of natural resource management. Bodin & Crona (2009) present a useful survey of social network analysis and its application to natural resource management....

        • 52. 
          Brondizio ES, Ostrom E, Young OR. 2009. Connectivity and the governance of multilevel social-ecological systems: the role of social capital. Annu. Rev. Environ. Resour. 34:253–78
          • Link
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
        • 53. 
          Mumby PJ, Hastings A. 2008. The impact of ecosystem connectivity on coral reef resilience. J. Appl. Ecol. 45:854–62
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Locations:
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Resilience to Climate Change in Coastal Marine Ecosystems

            Joanna R. Bernhardt1,3 and Heather M. Leslie1,2,1Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology and2Center for Environmental Studies, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912; email: [email protected]3Department of Zoology and Biodiversity Research Center, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia V6T 1Z4, Canada; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 5: 371 - 392
            • ...Ecosystem connectivity.The movement of organisms and organic materials between ecosystems is a ubiquitous and often essential component of community persistence (Mumby & Hastings 2008, Polis et al. 1997)....
          • Climate Change Impacts on Marine Ecosystems

            Scott C. Doney,1 Mary Ruckelshaus, J. Emmett Duffy, James P. Barry, Francis Chan, Chad A. English, Heather M. Galindo, Jacqueline M. Grebmeier, Anne B. Hollowed, Nancy Knowlton, Jeffrey Polovina, Nancy N. Rabalais, William J. Sydeman, and Lynne D. Talley1Marine Chemistry and Geochemistry Department, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, Woods Hole, Massachusetts 02543; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 4: 11 - 37
            • ...Energy exchanges between habitats such as mangroves–coral reefs and coral reefs–seagrasses can be disrupted in complex ways as fish abundances decline (e.g., Mumby & Hastings 2008, Valentine et al. 2008)....
            • ...Coral recovery was faster in the Caribbean in areas where mangrove connections to reefs were intact (Mumby & Hastings 2008), ...

        • 54. 
          Thrush SF, Halliday J, Hewitt JE, Lohrer AM. 2008. The effects of habitat loss, fragmentation, and community homogenization on resilience in estuaries. Ecol. Appl. 18:12–21
          • Crossref
          • Medline
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • What Can Ecology Contribute to Ecosystem-Based Management?

            Simon F. Thrush1 and Paul K. Dayton21National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research, Hillcrest, Hamilton, New Zealand; DipTeRis, Università di Genova, Corso Europa, 26, 16132 Genova, Italy; email: [email protected]2Scripps Institution of Oceanography, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093-0227; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 2: 419 - 441
            • ... and rates apparent in small-scale defaunation experiments of relatively simple intertidal communities (Beukema et al. 1999; Thrush et al. 2008, 1998...

        • 55. 
          McCook LJ, Ayling T, Cappo M, Choat JH, Evans RD, et al. 2010. Adaptive management of the Great Barrier Reef: A globally significant demonstration of the benefits of networks of marine reserves. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 107:18278–85
          • Crossref
          • Medline
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Locations:
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Ocean Optimism: Moving Beyond the Obituaries in Marine Conservation

            Nancy KnowltonNational Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC 20560, USA; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 13: 479 - 499
            • ...Both have had significant positive biological effects: an increase in fish abundance and biomass and a decrease in outbreaks of the coral-eating crown-of-thorns sea star in the case of the former (McCook et al. 2010)...
          • The Ecological and Evolutionary Consequences of Marine Reserves

            Marissa L. Baskett1 and Lewis A.K. Barnett2,31Department of Environmental Science and Policy, University of California, Davis, California 95616-5270; email: [email protected]2Joint Institute for the Study of the Atmosphere and Oceans, under contract to Fisheries Resource Assessment and Monitoring Division, Northwest Fisheries Science Center, National Marine Fisheries Service, Seattle, Washington 98110; email: [email protected]3School of Aquatic and Fishery Sciences, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195
            Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 46: 49 - 73
            • Tropical Marginal Seas: Priority Regions for Managing Marine Biodiversity and Ecosystem Function

              A. David McKinnon,1 Alan Williams, Jock Young, Daniela Ceccarelli, Piers Dunstan, Robert J.W. Brewin, Reg Watson, Richard Brinkman, Mike Cappo, Samantha Duggan, Russell Kelley, Ken Ridgway, Dhugal Lindsay, Daniel Gledhill, Trevor Hutton, and Anthony J. Richardson1Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville 4810, Australia; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 6: 415 - 437
              • ...This marine park is widely considered the most sophisticated and extensively implemented example of marine zoning (Ruckelshaus et al. 2008, McCook et al. 2010)....

          • 56. 
            Beier P, Noss RF. 1998. Do habitat corridors provide connectivity?Conserv. Biol. 12:1241–52
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Corridors for Conservation: Integrating Pattern and Process

              Cheryl-Lesley B. Chetkiewicz, Colleen Cassady St. Clair, and Mark S. BoyceDepartment of Biological Sciences, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, T6G 2E9, Canada; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 37: 317 - 342
              • ...and application of corridors (Beier & Noss 1998, Vos et al. 2002)....
              • ...Extensive review (Beier & Noss 1998) found corroboration between corridor patterns and process-based metrics such as immigration and colonization rates in fewer than half of the studies....
              • ...but they have done so in a way that promotes corridors as archetypically linear and static features (Beier & Noss 1998, Hobbs 1992, Saunders & Hobbs 1991) in binary landscapes....
              • ...Others have acknowledged that corridors are more than linear structures in binary landscapes (Beier & Noss 1998, Hobbs 1992) and instead are places on the landscape that facilitate the movement of individuals, ...
            • Choosing the Appropriate Scale of Reserves for Conservation

              Mark W. SchwartzDepartment of Environmental Science and Policy, University of California, Davis, CA 95616; e-mail: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics Vol. 30: 83 - 108
              • ...but supporting evidence has been found in fewer than half of these empirical studies (8)....
              • ...Studies that document corridor usage by wildlife typically do not take the additional step of addressing whether corridor usage affects demographic rates (8)....
              • ...Beier & Noss (8) suggest that the burden of proving that connecting reserves lacks utility remains on those who would destroy the connections....

          • 57. 
            Fahrig L, Rytwinski T. 2009. Effects of roads on animal abundance: an empirical review and synthesis. Ecol. Soc. 14:21
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Direct Mortality of Birds from Anthropogenic Causes

              Scott R. Loss,1 Tom Will,2 and Peter P. Marra31Department of Natural Resource Ecology and Management, Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, Oklahoma 74078; email: [email protected]2Division of Migratory Birds, Midwest Regional Office, US Fish and Wildlife Service, Bloomington, Minnesota 55437-1458; email: [email protected]3Migratory Bird Center, National Zoological Park, Smithsonian Conservation Biology Institute, Washington, DC 20013; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 46: 99 - 120
              • ...Meta-analyses of the indirect effects of roads have shown clear declines in local bird abundance near roads (Fahrig & Rytwinski 2009, Benitez-Lopez et al. 2010), ...

          • 58. 
            Paetkau D, Waits LP, Clarkson PL, Craighead L, Vyse E, et al. 1998. Variation in genetic diversity across the range of North American brown bears. Conserv. Biol. 12:418–29
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 59. 
            Janssen MA, Bodin Ö, Anderies JM, Elmqvist T, Ernstson H, et al. 2006. Toward a network perspective of the study of resilience in social-ecological systems. Ecol. Soc. 11:15
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Environmental Anthropology: Systemic Perspectives

              Yancey Orr,1 J. Stephen Lansing,2,3,4 and Michael R. Dove51School of Social Science, University of Queensland, St. Lucia, Brisbane, Queensland 4072, Australia; email: [email protected]2Complexity Institute, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore 639798; email: [email protected]3Santa Fe Institute, Santa Fe, New Mexico 875014Stockholm Resilience Center, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden5School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, and Peabody Museum of Natural History, and Department of Anthropology, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 44: 153 - 168
              • ...and Janssen et al. (2006) introduced a network perspective to highlight the structure of interactions between identifiable components of socioecological systems....
            • Networks and the Challenge of Sustainable Development

              Adam Douglas Henry1 and Björn Vollan21School of Government and Public Policy, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721-0027; email: [email protected]2Department of Public Finance, University of Innsbruck, A-6020 Innsbruck, Austria; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 583 - 610
              • ...Network concepts help represent a wide range of coupled human and natural systems (4)...

          • 60. 
            Ash J, Newth D. 2007. Optimizing complex networks for resilience against cascading failure. Phys. A 380:673–83
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Locations:
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
          • 61. 
            Galstyan A, Cohen P. 2007. Cascading dynamics in modular networks. Phys. Rev. E 75:036109
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 62. 
            Carpenter SR. 2003. Regime Shifts in Lake Ecosystems: Pattern and Variation. Oldendorf/Luhe, Ger.: Int. Ecol. Inst.
            • Google Scholar
            Article Locations:
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Global Biodiversity Change: The Bad, the Good, and the Unknown

              Henrique Miguel Pereira, Laetitia Marie Navarro, and Inês Santos MartinsCentro de Biologia Ambiental, Faculdade de Ciências da Universidade de Lisboa, Campo Grande, 1749-016 Lisboa, Portugal; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 37: 25 - 50
              • ...Lakes are particularly vulnerable to regime shifts caused by eutrophi-cation, which may be difficult to reverse (47, 123)....

          • 63. 
            van Nes EH, Scheffer M. 2005. Implications of spatial heterogeneity for catastrophic regime shifts in ecosystems. Ecology 86:1797–807
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Locations:
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Infectious Disease Dynamics in Heterogeneous Landscapes

              Steven R. Parratt, Elina Numminen, and Anna-Liisa LaineMetapopulation Research Centre, Department of Biosciences, University of Helsinki, FI-00014 Helsinki, Finland; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 47: 283 - 306
              • ...but sudden catastrophic changes are also possible (Van Nes & Scheffer 2005)....

          • 64. 
            Biggs D, Biggs R, Dakos V, Scholes RJ, Schoon ML. 2011. Are we entering an era of concatenated global crises? Ecol. Soc. 14:32
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 65. 
            Adger WN, Eakin H, Winkels A. 2009. Nested and teleconnected vulnerabilities to environmental change. Front. Ecol. Environ. 7:150–57
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Social-Ecological Systems Insights for Navigating the Dynamics of the Anthropocene

              Belinda Reyers,1,2 Carl Folke,1,3 Michele-Lee Moore,1,4 Reinette Biggs,1,5 and Victor Galaz1,31Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm SE-10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa3Beijer Institute, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-10405, Sweden4Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 2Y2, Canada5Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 267 - 289
              • ...and resultant protracted crises, placing sustainable development in a fundamentally new context (e.g., 12...
              • ...Interest in the properties of such systemic risks cuts across a large interdisciplinary literature, including the study of cascading ecological crises (103), nested vulnerabilities (13), ...

          • 66. 
            Satake A, Leslie HM, Iwasa Y, Levin SA. 2007. Coupled ecological-social dynamics in a forested landscape: spatial interactions and information flow. J. Theor. Biol. 246:695–707
            • Crossref
            • Medline
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 67. 
            Strogatz SH. 2001. Exploring complex networks. Nature 410:268–76
            • Crossref
            • Medline
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Resolving Food-Web Structure

              Robert M. Pringle and Matthew C. HutchinsonDepartment of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544, USA; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 51: 55 - 80
              • ...stimulated by the growth of the internet and enabled by increasing computational power (Strogatz 2001)....
              • ...That structure affects function is one of the most fundamental truths in science (Strogatz 2001)....
            • Graph Theory and Ion and Molecular Aggregation in Aqueous Solutions

              Jun-Ho Choi,1,2,3 Hochan Lee,1,2 Hyung Ran Choi,1,2 and Minhaeng Cho1,21Center for Molecular Spectroscopy and Dynamics, Institute for Basic Science, Seoul 02841, Republic of Korea2Department of Chemistry, Korea University, Seoul 02841, Republic of Korea; email: [email protected]3Current affiliation: Department of Chemistry, Gwangju Institute of Science and Technology, Gwangju 61005, Republic of Korea
              Annual Review of Physical Chemistry Vol. 69: 125 - 149
              • ...The degree distribution shows small-world network or Watts–Strogatz (100, 101) model behavior and obeys the Poisson distribution function (91)...
            • fMRI Functional Connectivity Applied to Adolescent Neurodevelopment

              Monique Ernst, Salvatore Torrisi, Nicholas Balderston, Christian Grillon, and Elizabeth A. HaleNational Institute of Mental Health, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland 20892; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Clinical Psychology Vol. 11: 361 - 377
              • ...Graph analyses have been applied to many fields to describe global and local characteristics of networks (Strogatz 2001), ...
            • Brain Graphs: Graphical Models of the Human Brain Connectome

              Edward T. Bullmore,1 and Danielle S. Bassett21Behavioural & Clinical Neuroscience Institute, Department of Psychiatry, University of Cambridge, Cambridge Biomedical Campus, Cambridge CB2 0SZ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2Department of Physics, University of California, Santa Barbara, Santa Barbara, California 93106
              Annual Review of Clinical Psychology Vol. 7: 113 - 140
              • ...and concepts for brain graph analysis (Albert & Barabási 2002, Strogatz 2001)....
            • From Graphs to Spatial Graphs

              M.R.T. Dale1 and M.-J. Fortin21Ecosystem Science and Management Program, University of Northern British Columbia, Prince George, British Columbia, V2N 4Z9, Canada; email: [email protected]2Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of Toronto, Ontario, M5S 3G5, Canada; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 41: 21 - 38
              • ...Graph theory was first used in biology to model organisms and interactions with aspatial graphs and networks (Aldous & Wilson 2000, Barabási & Oltvai 2004, Bascompte 2007, Brandes & Erlebach 2005, Cowperthwaite & Meyers 2007, Dale 1977, Dunne et al. 2002, Dyer 2007, Joppa et al. 2009, Lieberman et al. 2005, May 2006, Milo et al. 2002, Montoya et al. 2006, Newman et al. 2006, Ohtsuki et al. 2007, Sporns 2006, Strogatz 2001, Wardle 1998)....
              • ...A network is usually a digraph in which each edge has direction and a value related to capacity (West 2001) or its own dynamics (Strogatz 2001)....
              • ...compositional diversity, dynamic complexity, and the interactions of these characteristics (Strogatz 2001)....
            • Controlling Chemistry by Geometry in Nanoscale Systems

              L. Lizana,1 Z. Konkoli,2 B. Bauer,1 A. Jesorka,1,2 and O. Orwar11Department of Physical Chemistry, Chalmers University of Technology, SE-412 96 Gothenburg, Sweden; email: [email protected]2Department of Microtechnology and Nanoscience, Bionano Systems Laboratory, Chalmers University of Technology, SE-412 96 Gothenburg, Sweden;
              Annual Review of Physical Chemistry Vol. 60: 449 - 468
              • ...with a huge number of networks spanning many disciplines sharing common features (41), ...
            • Plant-Animal Mutualistic Networks: The Architecture of Biodiversity

              Jordi Bascompte and Pedro JordanoIntegrative Ecology Group, Estación Biológica de Doñana, CSIC, E-41080 Sevilla, Spain; email: [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 38: 567 - 593
              • ...The field of complex networks has grown extraordinarily in the last few years (Albert & Barabasi 2002, Amaral et al. 2000, Dorogovtsev & Mendes 2002, Newman 2003, 2004, Newman et al. 2006, Solé & Bascompte 2006, Strogatz 2001)....
              • ...or species interactions such as predator-prey or mutualism (Albert & Barabasi 2002, Amaral et al. 2000, Dorogovtsev & Mendes 2002, May 2006, Montoya et al. 2006, Newman 2003, Proulx et al. 2005, Strogatz 2001, Watts 2003) (Figure 1a)....
            • Toward Predictive Models of Mammalian Cells

              Avi Ma'ayan, Robert D. Blitzer, and Ravi IyengarDepartment of Pharmacology and Biological Chemistry, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, NY 10029; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Biophysics and Biomolecular Structure Vol. 34: 319 - 349
              • ...these networks may share some basic properties such as enhanced information propagation speed owing to the presence of shortcut links, synchronization ability, robustness or error tolerance (4), and computational power (6, 55, 106)....

          • 68. 
            Bodin Ö, Tengö M, Norman A, Lundberg J, Elmqvist T. 2006. The value of small size: loss of forest patches and ecological thresholds in southern Madagascar. Ecol. Appl. 16:440–51
            • Crossref
            • Medline
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • From Graphs to Spatial Graphs

              M.R.T. Dale1 and M.-J. Fortin21Ecosystem Science and Management Program, University of Northern British Columbia, Prince George, British Columbia, V2N 4Z9, Canada; email: [email protected]2Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of Toronto, Ontario, M5S 3G5, Canada; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 41: 21 - 38
              • ...appropriate software has allowed researchers to analyze the spatial context of data using spatial graphs (Bodin et al. 2006, Dyer 2009, Okabe et al. 2006, Saura & Torne 2009, Theobald 2006)....

          • 69. 
            McPherson M, Smith-Lovin L, Cook JM. 2001. Birds of a feather: homophily in social networks. Annu. Rev. Sociol. 27:415–44
            • Link
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
          • 70. 
            Gelcich S, Edwards-Jones G, Kaiser M, Castilla J. 2006. Co-management policy can reduce resilience in traditionally managed marine ecosystems. Ecosystems 9:951–66
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Locations:
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
          • 71. 
            Gunderson LH, Holling CS, eds. 2002. Panarchy: Understanding Transformations in Human and Natural Systems. Washington, DC: Island Press
            • Google Scholar
            Article Locations:
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Inequality and the Biosphere

              Maike Hamann,1,2 Kevin Berry,3 Tomas Chaigneau,4 Tracie Curry,5 Robert Heilmayr,6,7 Patrik J.G. Henriksson,8,9,10 Jonas Hentati-Sundberg,11 Amir Jina,12 Emilie Lindkvist,8 Yolanda Lopez-Maldonado,13 Emmi Nieminen,14 Matías Piaggio,15,16 Jiangxiao Qiu,17 Juan C. Rocha,8,9 Caroline Schill,8,9 Alon Shepon,18 Andrew R. Tilman,19 Inge van den Bijgaart,20 and Tong Wu211Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Stellenbosch 7600, South Africa2The Natural Capital Project, Institute on the Environment, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]3Institute of Social and Economic Research, University of Alaska, Anchorage, Alaska 99508, USA; email: [email protected]4Environment and Sustainability Institute, University of Exeter, Penryn, Cornwall TR10 9FE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]5School of Natural Resources and Extension, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Alaska 99775, USA; email: [email protected]6Environmental Studies Program, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106, USA; email: [email protected]7Bren School of Environmental Science & Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106, USA8Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; [email protected]9Beijer Institute of Ecological Economics, The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]10WorldFish, Jalan Batu Maung, 11960 Bayan Lepas, Penang, Malaysia11Department of Aquatic Resources, Marine Research Institute, Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, SE-453 30 Lysekil, Sweden; email: [email protected]12Harris School of Public Policy, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637, USA; email: [email protected]13Department of Geography, Ludwig Maximilian University of Munich, 80333 Munich, Germany; email: [email protected], [email protected]14Marine Research Centre, Finnish Environment Institute (SYKE), Helsinki FI-00251, Finland; email: [email protected]15Environment for Development-Center for Tropical Agricultural Research and Education (EfD-CATIE), 30501 Turrialba, Cartago, Costa Rica; email: [email protected]16Universidad de la República, 22100 Montevideo, Uruguay17School of Forest Resources and Conservation, Fort Lauderdale Research and Education Center, University of Florida, Davie, Florida 33314, USA; email: [email protected]18Department of Plant and Environmental Sciences, Weizmann Institute of Science, 7610001 Rehovot, Israel; email: [email protected]19Department of Biology, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104, USA; email: [email protected]20Department of Economics, University of Gothenburg, SE-405 30 Gothenburg, Sweden; email: [email protected]21School of Life Sciences, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85281, USA; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 61 - 83
              • ...characterized by variables that interact through amplifying or dampening feedbacks across scales in space, time, and organizational hierarchy (11, 29, 53)....
            • Sustainability Transitions Research: Transforming Science and Practice for Societal Change

              Derk Loorbach, Niki Frantzeskaki, and Flor AvelinoDutch Research Institute for Transitions, Erasmus University Rotterdam, 3000 DR Rotterdam, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 599 - 626
              • ...and follow a pattern of buildup, stabilization, breakdown, and recovery (80)....
              • ...or the alternation of different dynamic processes (also known as panarchy) (80)....
            • Transformative Environmental Governance

              Brian C. Chaffin,1 Ahjond S. Garmestani,2 Lance H. Gunderson,3 Melinda Harm Benson,4 David G. Angeler,5 Craig Anthony (Tony) Arnold,6 Barbara Cosens,7 Robin Kundis Craig,8 J.B. Ruhl,9 and Craig R. Allen10 1College of Forestry & Conservation, University of Montana, Missoula, Montana 59801; email: [email protected]2National Risk Management Research Laboratory, US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268; email: [email protected]3Department of Environmental Sciences, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322; email: [email protected]4Department of Geography & Environmental Studies, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87131; email: [email protected]5Department of Aquatic Sciences and Assessment, Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, 75007 Uppsala, Sweden; email: [email protected]6Brandeis School of Law and Department of Urban and Public Affairs, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208; email: [email protected]7College of Law, University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83844; email: [email protected]8S.J. Quinney College of Law, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112; email: [email protected]9Vanderbilt Law School, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee 37203; email: [email protected]10US Geological Survey, Nebraska Cooperative Fish and Wildlife Research Unit, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebraska 68583; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 399 - 423
              • ... that may cause ecological and social systems to undergo abrupt, surprising change (6)....
              • ...assumed near perfect information about the resource in question and failed to account for inherent uncertainty in ecological knowledge; unknown or unexpected SES dynamics affecting the resource across scales; and threshold behavior in ecosystems including the existence of multiple alternative system states (6, 15)....
              • ...SESs go through sequential phases of growth, senescence, collapse, and renewal (6)....
              • ...Disturbances or periods of destruction can arise from larger spatial or temporal phenomena or from contagious, small-scale phenomena, described as revolt processes (6)....
              • ...larger systems provide context and system memory, hence these cross-scale interactions are called processes of remember (6)....
              • ...resilience and panarchy theory describe at least three categories of change in SESs that have been critical for rethinking governance and management of natural resources: (a) gradual or incremental change, (b) adaptive change, and (c) transformative change (6)....
              • ...The adaptive cycle (6) describes the dynamic trajectories of SESs as they transition from phases of growth and exploitation (r); to phases of relative stability, ...
              • ...This realization also highlights why the adaptive cycle metaphor and panarchy model are critical lenses with which to dissect these governance problems toward better navigation of higher- and lower-scale barriers to transformation (6, 45, 52, 90)....
            • Human–Wildlife Conflict and Coexistence

              Philip J. NyhusEnvironmental Studies Program, Colby College, Waterville, Maine, 04901; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 143 - 171
              • ...The emergence of research on coupled human–natural systems and complexity theory (139) offers fertile opportunities to better understand how nonlinear dynamics, ...
            • The Attention System of the Human Brain: 20 Years After

              Steven E. Petersen1 and Michael I. Posner21School of Medicine, Washington University in St. Louis, St. Louis, Missouri 63110; email: [email protected]2Department of Psychology, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon 97403-1227; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Neuroscience Vol. 35: 73 - 89
              • ...seems to indicate that these systems follow a “rule of hand” and have approximately five controlling variables (ranging from three to seven) (Gunderson & Holling 2002)....
            • Agency, Capacity, and Resilience to Environmental Change: Lessons from Human Development, Well-Being, and Disasters

              Katrina Brown and Elizabeth WestawaySchool of International Development, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 321 - 342
              • ...It bears a remarkable resemblance to ideas of “panarchy” presented by Gunderson & Holling (66). ...
              • ...This is exemplified by Schoon's multidimensional dynamic model of resilience presented in Figure 3 but also in the social-ecological systems concept of panarchy put forward by Gunderson & Holling (66)....
            • Integrating Ecology and Economics in the Study of Ecosystem Services: Some Lessons Learned

              Stephen PolaskyDepartment of Applied Economics and Department of Ecology, Evolution, and Behavior, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108; email: [email protected]Kathleen Segerson*Department of Economics, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 06269; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 409 - 434
              • ...some natural scientists prefer to think about system resilience rather than any deliberate attempt to maximize expected net benefits (e.g., Gunderson & Holling 2002)....
            • Land-Change Science and Political Ecology: Similarities, Differences, and Implications for Sustainability Science

              B.L. Turner II1 and Paul Robbins21School of Geographical Sciences, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona, 85287-5302; email: [email protected]2Department of Geography and Regional Development, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona, 85287; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 295 - 316
              • ...parts of the risk-hazard community pushed for the development of sustainability science in which vulnerability research—influenced as it was by critiques from what was to become PE-inspired vulnerability (34)—was reshaped to incorporate resilience themes from ecology (51)...
              • ...LCS draws on complexity and resilience theory (51, 129), especially as they inform system dynamics and the condition of ecosystem goods and services....
              • ...LCS seeks to identify the thresholds and tipping points in nonlinear systems (51, 65) and to explore how nonlinear feedbacks can produce diverse, ...
              • ...the ultimate win-win solutions involve land architectures in which the configuration (magnitude and pattern) of land uses and covers sustain the coupled system accordingly, from the local to global scale of assessment (51)....
            • ADAPTIVE GOVERNANCE OF SOCIAL-ECOLOGICAL SYSTEMS

              Carl Folke,1,2 Thomas Hahn,1 Per Olsson,1 and Jon Norberg21Centre for Transdisciplinary Environmental Research and 2Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 441 - 473
              • ...and the future of system dynamics is often unclear and uncertain (8)....
              • ...Research suggests that social-ecological systems have powerful reciprocal feedbacks and act as complex adaptive systems (8, 31, 41...
              • ...including organizational and institutional flexibility for dealing with uncertainty and change (8, 40, 42, 51, 56...
              • ...as well as strategies for dealing with true uncertainty and surprise in this context are still in their infancy (8, 71, 72)....
              • ... identify management practices that cope with periods of rapid environmental change in what has been referred to as the “back-loop” of social-ecological system development (8, 42)....
              • ...Gunderson & Holling (8) argue that addressing how people respond to periods of change and how society reorganizes following change are the most neglected and the least understood aspects in resource management and science....
              • ...and novelty as well as provide opportunities for new ways of social self-organization for resilience (8)....
              • ...Gunderson & Holling (8) use the concept “panarchy” as a heuristic model to conceptualize complex interactions, ...
            • Regime Shifts, Resilience, and Biodiversity in Ecosystem Management

              Carl Folke,1,2 Steve Carpenter,2,3 Brian Walker,4 Marten Scheffer,5 Thomas Elmqvist,1 Lance Gunderson,6 and C.S. Holling71Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]; [email protected]2Beijer International Institute of Ecological Economics, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm, Sweden3Center for Limnology, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]4Sustainable Ecosystems, CSIRO, Canberra, ACT, 2601, Australia; email: [email protected]5Aquatic Ecology and Water Quality Management Group, Wageningen Agricultural University, Wageningen, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]6Department of Environmental Studies, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322; email: [email protected]716871 Sturgis Circle, Cedar Key, Florida 32625; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 35: 557 - 581
              • ...It implies trying to sustain desirable pathways and ecosystem states in the face of continuous change (Folke et al. 2002, Gunderson & Holling 2002)....
              • ...a set of dynamic systems nested across scales (Gunderson & Holling 2002)....
              • ...We refer to those phases as the back-loop of ecosystem development (Gunderson & Holling 2002)....
              • ...Adaptability is the capacity of actors in a system to manage resilience in the face of uncertainty and surprise (Gunderson & Holling 2002)....

          • 72. 
            Millenn. Ecosyst. Assess. 2003. Ecosystems and Human Well-Being: A Framework for Assessment. Washington, DC: Island Press
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 73. 
            Abel N, Cumming DHM, Anderies JM. 2006. Collapse and reorganization in social-ecological systems: questions, some ideas, and policy implications. Ecol. Soc. 11:17
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 74. 
            Mack MC, D'Antonio CM. 1998. Impacts of biological invasions on disturbance regimes. Trends Ecol. Evol. 13:195–98
            • Crossref
            • Medline
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Biogeomorphic Impacts of Invasive Species

              Songlin Fei,1 Jonathan Phillips,2 and Michael Shouse21Department of Forestry and Natural Resources, Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana 47907; email: [email protected]2Department of Geography, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40506; email: [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 45: 69 - 87
              • ...the effects described above may sometimes also have independent biogeomorphic influences via changes in disturbance regimes (e.g., Mack & D'Antonio 1998)....
            • Mechanisms of Plant Invasions of North American and European Grasslands

              T.R. Seastedt1 and Petr Pyšek2,31Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology and Institute of Arctic and Alpine Research, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80309-0334; email: [email protected]2Institute of Botany, Academy of Sciences of the Czech Republic, CZ-252 43 Průhonice, Czech Republic; email: [email protected]3Department of Ecology, Faculty of Science, Charles University, CZ-128 43 Prague, Czech Republic
              Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 42: 133 - 153
              • ...and resource opportunity is provided for the initial invasion of the species. Mack & D'Antonio (1998) noted that invasive species are capable of modifying existing disturbance regimes or can introduce new disturbances....
            • Evolution of Plant Defenses in Nonindigenous Environments

              Colin M. Orians1,2 and David Ward31Department of Biology, Tufts University, Medford, Massachusetts 02155; email: [email protected]2Department of Ecology, Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, Uppsala S-750 07, Sweden3School of Biological & Conservation Sciences, University of KwaZulu-Natal, Scottsville 3209, South Africa; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Entomology Vol. 55: 439 - 459
              • ...it is most often associated with the ability to occupy (or create) an unusual disturbance regime (33, 68, 91)...

          • 75. 
            Daly HE, Farley J. 2004. Ecological Economics: Principles and Applications. Washington, DC: Island Press
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Energy Intensity of Agriculture and Food Systems

              Nathan Pelletier,1 Eric Audsley,2 Sonja Brodt,3 Tara Garnett,5 Patrik Henriksson,6 Alissa Kendall,4 Klaas Jan Kramer,7 David Murphy,8 Thomas Nemecek,9 and Max Troell101Global Ecologic Environmental Consulting and Management Services, Stratton, Ontario POW 1NO, Canada; email: [email protected]2Natural Resource Management Center, School Of Applied Sciences, Cranfield University, Cranfield, Bedfordshire MK43 OAL, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]3Agricultural Sustainability Institute and4Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected], [email protected]5Food Climate Research Network, University of Surrey, London N4 3BB, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]6Institute of Environmental Sciences, Leiden University, Leiden 2300 RA, Netherlands; email: [email protected]7KJKramer Consulting, Castricum 1901 AT, Netherlands; email: [email protected]8College of Environmental Science and Forestry, State University of New York, Syracuse, New York 13210; email: [email protected]9Agroscope Reckenholz-Tänikon Research Station ART, Zurich CH-8046, Switzerland; email: [email protected]10The Beijer Institute, Swedish Royal Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-104 05, and Stockholm Resilience Center, Stockholm University, 10691 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 223 - 246
              • ...Because the human economy is a subsystem of the biosphere, energy is similarly the fundamental currency of human economies (1)....

          • 76. 
            Scheffer M. 2009. Critical Transitions in Nature and Society. Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ. Press
            • Crossref
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • On the Coevolution of Economic and Ecological Systems

              Simon Levin1 and Anastasios Xepapadeas2,31Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of International and European Studies, Athens University of Economics and Business, Athens 104 34, Greece; email: [email protected]3Department of Economics, University of Bologna, 40126 Bologna, Italy
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 355 - 377
              • ...heavy phosphorous loadings from agricultural runoff combined with a feedback of phosphorous release from the sediments could flip the lake from an oligotrophic state with high ecological services to a eutrophic lake with low services (Carpenter et al. 1999, Scheffer 2009, Scheffer & Carpenter 2003)....
            • Sustainability Science: Toward a Synthesis

              William C. Clark and Alicia G. HarleyJohn F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 45: 331 - 386
              • ....5 The situation is further complicated by the fact that both the configuration of neighboring regimes and the boundaries separating them may be altered by a variety of factors (73)....
              • ...5We follow Scheffer (73) in using the term regime shift to refer to the general phenomenon of a rapid change from one set of dynamics to another and reserve the term critical transition for the subset of regime shifts that is due not to changes in external conditions but rather to a change in dominant feedbacks....
            • African Environmental Change from the Pleistocene to the Anthropocene

              Colin Hoag1,2 and Jens-Christian Svenning11Section for Ecoinformatics and Biodiversity, Department of Bioscience, Aarhus University, DK-8000 Aarhus C, Denmark2Department of Anthropology, Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts 01063; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 27 - 54
              • ...ecosystems are defined by those relations and exhibit system properties, such as resilience and critical transitions (49)....
              • ...High levels of disturbance or species turnover can trigger system shifts when impacts can no longer be assimilated (31, 49), ...
              • ...when an abrupt desertification was triggered by a combination of orbital forcing and positive feedbacks between high-albedo desert sands and atmospheric circulation (49), ...
              • ...with some suggesting that droughts were amplified by feedback mechanisms when human removal of vegetative cover increased surface albedo (see 49, 75)....
              • ... and the potential for feedbacks between climate and land-cover change (49)....
            • Generic Indicators of Ecological Resilience: Inferring the Chance of a Critical Transition

              Marten Scheffer,1 Stephen R. Carpenter,2 Vasilis Dakos,3 and Egbert H. van Nes11Department of Environmental Sciences, Wageningen University, 6700 AA Wageningen, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]2Center for Limnology, University of Wisconsin–Madison, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]3Center for Adaptation to a Changing Environment, Institute of Integrative Biology, ETH Zurich, 8092 Zurich, Switzerland; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 46: 145 - 167
              • ...An extensive introduction to the theory of dynamical systems focusing on the tipping points and related phenomena can be found in the book, Critical Transitions in Nature and Society (Scheffer 2009)....
            • The Emergence of Global Systemic Risk

              Miguel A. Centeno,1 Manish Nag,1 Thayer S. Patterson,2 Andrew Shaver,3 and A. Jason Windawi11Department of Sociology,2PIIRS Global Systemic Risk Research Community,3Woodrow Wilson School, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 41: 65 - 85
              • ...Such systems can often give the appearance of stability even as their fragility increases (Perrow 1984, Scheffer 2009)....
              • ...and are both difficult to forecast and potentially irreversible (Scheffer 2009)....
            • Conservation Paleobiology: Leveraging Knowledge of the Past to Inform Conservation and Restoration

              Gregory P. Dietl,1,2 Susan M. Kidwell,3 Mark Brenner,4 David A. Burney,5 Karl W. Flessa,6 Stephen T. Jackson,6,7 and Paul L. Koch81Paleontological Research Institution, Ithaca, New York 148502Department of Earth and Atmospheric Sciences, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected]3Department of Geophysical Sciences, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 606374Department of Geological Sciences, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 326115National Tropical Botanical Garden, Kalaheo, Hawaii 967416Department of Geosciences, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 857217Southwest Climate Science Center, US Department of the Interior, Tucson, Arizona 857198Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences, University of California, Santa Cruz, California 95064
              Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 43: 79 - 103
              • ...sudden changes in the state of an ecosystem after prolonged stability, despite sustained or intensifying stress (Folke et al. 2004, Scheffer 2009)....

          • 77. 
            Thrush SF, Hewitt JE, Dayton PK, Coco G, Lohrer AM, et al. 2009. Forecasting the limits of resilience: integrating empirical research with theory. Proc. R. Soc. B 276:3209–17
            • Crossref
            • Medline
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Resilience to Climate Change in Coastal Marine Ecosystems

              Joanna R. Bernhardt1,3 and Heather M. Leslie1,2,1Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology and2Center for Environmental Studies, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912; email: [email protected]3Department of Zoology and Biodiversity Research Center, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia V6T 1Z4, Canada; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 5: 371 - 392
              • ...redundancy of similar functions replicated at multiple scales confers resistance because most disturbances influence ecosystem structure and/or functioning at specific scales (Thrush et al. 2009)....
              • ...Direct evidence of thresholds among alternate states from controlled experiments is rare (Schröder et al. 2005, Thrush et al. 2009), ...
            • Understanding Continental Margin Biodiversity: A New Imperative

              Lisa A. Levin1 and Myriam Sibuet21Center for Marine Biodiversity and Conservation and Integrative Oceanography Division, Scripps Institution of Oceanography, La Jolla, California 92093-0218; email: [email protected]2Institut Oceanographique, 75005 Paris, France; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 4: 79 - 112
              • ...and ecosystem function (Leibold et al. 2004, Loreau 2008, Thrush et al. 2009), ...

          • 78. 
            Steneck R, Paris C, Arnold S, Ablan-Lagman M, Alcala A, et al. 2009. Thinking and managing outside the box: coalescing connectivity networks to build region-wide resilience in coral reef ecosystems. Coral Reefs 28:367–78
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Applying Movement Ecology to Marine Animals with Complex Life Cycles

              Richard M. Allen,1,2 Anna Metaxas,2 and Paul V.R. Snelgrove11Department of Ocean Sciences and Department of Biology, Memorial University of Newfoundland, St. John's, Newfoundland A1C 5S7, Canada; email: [email protected]2Department of Oceanography, Dalhousie University, Halifax, Nova Scotia B3H 4R2, Canada
              Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 10: 19 - 42
              • ...which influence the strength of population-level movement (Steneck et al. 2009)....

          • 79. 
            Suding KN, Gross KL, Houseman GR. 2004. Alternative states and positive feedbacks in restoration ecology. Trends Ecol. Evol. 19:46–53
            • Crossref
            • Medline
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Social-Ecological Systems Insights for Navigating the Dynamics of the Anthropocene

              Belinda Reyers,1,2 Carl Folke,1,3 Michele-Lee Moore,1,4 Reinette Biggs,1,5 and Victor Galaz1,31Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm SE-10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa3Beijer Institute, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-10405, Sweden4Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 2Y2, Canada5Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 267 - 289
              • ...they are often difficult, costly, or even impossible to reverse (146, 147)....
            • Structure and Functioning of Dryland Ecosystems in a Changing World

              Fernando T. Maestre,1 David J. Eldridge,2 Santiago Soliveres,3 Sonia Kéfi,4 Manuel Delgado-Baquerizo,1,5 Matthew A. Bowker,6 Pablo García-Palacios,1 Juan Gaitán,7 Antonio Gallardo,8 Roberto Lázaro,9 and Miguel Berdugo11Departamento de Biología y Geología, Física y Química Inorgánica, Escuela Superior de Ciencias Experimentales y Tecnología, Universidad Rey Juan Carlos, 28933 Móstoles, Spain; email: [email protected]2Centre for Ecosystem Science, School of Biological, Earth and Environmental Sciences, University of New South Wales, Sydney, New South Wales 2052, Australia3Institute of Plant Sciences, University of Bern, 3013 Bern, Switzerland4Institut des Sciences de l'Evolution, Université de Montpellier, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS), Institut de Recherche pour le Développement (IRD), Ecole Pratique des Hautes Etudes, 34095 Montpellier Cedex 05, France5Hawkesbury Institute for the Environment, Western Sydney University, Penrith, New South Wales 2751, Australia6School of Forestry, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona 860117Instituto de Suelos, Instituto Nacional de Tecnología Agropecuaria, 1686 Hurlingham, Buenos Aires, Argentina8Departamento de Sistemas Físicos, Químicos y Naturales, Universidad Pablo de Olavide, 41013 Sevilla, Spain9Departamento de Desertificación y Geoecología. Estación Experimental de Zonas Áridas, Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas, 04120 Almería, Spain
              Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 47: 215 - 237
              • ...particularly when the feedbacks between the biotic and abiotic factors have been altered and when the new feedbacks in place contribute to maintaining the degraded state (Suding et al. 2004, Cortina et al. 2011)....
              • ...adding organic matter, or contour furrowing; see Suding et al. 2004)....
            • Historical Contingency in Community Assembly: Integrating Niches, Species Pools, and Priority Effects

              Tadashi FukamiDepartment of Biology, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 46: 1 - 23
              • ...restoring and maintaining native biodiversity in degraded sites may require specific sequences of exotic species removal and/or native species introduction (Lockwood & Samuels 2004, Suding et al. 2004, Wilsey et al. 2015, Young et al. 2005, 2015)....
            • Ecological Restoration of Streams and Rivers: Shifting Strategies and Shifting Goals

              Margaret A. Palmer,1,2 Kelly L. Hondula,2 and Benjamin J. Koch1,31Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, University of Maryland Center for Environmental Science, Solomons, Maryland 20688; email: [email protected]2National Socio-Environmental Synthesis Center, University of Maryland, Annapolis, Maryland 21401; email: [email protected]3Center for Ecosystem Science and Society, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona 86011; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 45: 247 - 269
              • ...and feedbacks (Suding et al. 2004)—in understanding the potential for an ecosystem to be restored....
            • Toward an Era of Restoration in Ecology: Successes, Failures, and Opportunities Ahead

              Katharine N. SudingDepartment of Environmental Science, Policy, and Management, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 42: 465 - 487
              • ...many cases of nonrecovery appear to be related to strong abiotic-biotic feedbacks that thwart restoration actions (Suding et al. 2004)....
              • ...levels of resilience compared with high-diversity systems (Firn et al. 2010, Suding et al. 2004)...
              • ...restoring the disturbance regime does little to undo the entrenchment of an undesired set of species (Suding et al. 2004)....
            • Restoration Ecology: Interventionist Approaches for Restoring and Maintaining Ecosystem Function in the Face of Rapid Environmental Change

              Richard J. Hobbs and Viki A. CramerSchool of Environmental Science, Murdoch University, Murdoch, Western Australia 6150, Australia; email: [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 39 - 61
              • WETLAND RESOURCES: Status, Trends, Ecosystem Services, and Restorability

                Joy B. Zedler and Suzanne KercherBotany Department, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 39 - 74
                • ...Suding et al. (80) argue that internal feedbacks can begin to operate such that a site cannot return to native vegetation even if the external factors are reversed....

            • 80. 
              Young OR. 2010. Institutional dynamics: resilience, vulnerability and adaptation in environmental and resource regimes. Glob. Environ. Change 20:378–85
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Drivers of Human Stress on the Environment in the Twenty-First Century

                Thomas Dietz1,21Department of Sociology, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824; email: [email protected]2Environmental Science and Policy Program, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 189 - 213
                • ...and adaption that acknowledges effects of human actions on the environment but focuses on how the environment affects humans (5...

            • 81. 
              Anderson RC, Schwegman JE, Anderson MR. 2000. Micro-scale restoration: a 25-year history of a southern Illinois barrens. Restor. Ecol. 8:296–306
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Degradation and Recovery in Changing Forest Landscapes: A Multiscale Conceptual Framework

                Jaboury Ghazoul1,2 and Robin Chazdon3,4,51Ecosystem Management, Department of Environmental Systems Science, ETH Zurich, 8092 Zurich, Switzerland; email: [email protected]2Prince Bernhard Chair of International Nature Conservation, Ecology and Biodiversity Group, Utrecht University, 3584 CH Utrecht, The Netherlands3Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 062694International Institute for Sustainability, Rio de Janeiro 22460-320, Brazil5Tropical Forests and People Centre, University of the Sunshine Coast, Maroochydore DC, Queensland 4558, Australia
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 161 - 188
                • ...might not recover after the reinstatement of fire if woody vegetation establishes in the intervening period (14, 154)....

            • 82. 
              Schlüter M, Herrfahrdt-Pähle E. 2011. Exploring resilience and transformability of a river basin in the face of socioeconomic and ecological crisis: an example from the Amudarya River basin, central Asia. Ecol. Soc. 16:32
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Social-Ecological Systems Insights for Navigating the Dynamics of the Anthropocene

                Belinda Reyers,1,2 Carl Folke,1,3 Michele-Lee Moore,1,4 Reinette Biggs,1,5 and Victor Galaz1,31Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm SE-10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa3Beijer Institute, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-10405, Sweden4Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 2Y2, Canada5Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 267 - 289
                • ...Transformations to sustainability will occur in turbulent contexts and not only will the resilience of existing systems and their legacies stall the possibilities for transformation (195), ...

            • 83. 
              Gordon LJ, Peterson GD, Bennett EM. 2008. Agricultural modifications of hydrological flows create ecological surprises. Trends Ecol. Evol. 23:211–19
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • A Novel Approach to Carrying Capacity: From a priori Prescription to a posteriori Derivation Based on Underlying Mechanisms and Dynamics

                Safa Mote,1, Jorge Rivas,2, and Eugenia Kalnay1, 1Department of Atmospheric and Oceanic Science, and Institute for Physical Science and Technology, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Independent Researcher, Greenbelt, Maryland 20770, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 48: 657 - 683
                • ...; regional hydrological cycles (Barnett et al. 2008, Gordon et al. 2008, Grasby 2004, Meybeck 2003, Molden 2007, Molle et al. 2010, Vörösmarty et al. 2000, Wagener et al. 2010, D'Odorico et al. 2010)...
              • Social-Ecological Systems Insights for Navigating the Dynamics of the Anthropocene

                Belinda Reyers,1,2 Carl Folke,1,3 Michele-Lee Moore,1,4 Reinette Biggs,1,5 and Victor Galaz1,31Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm SE-10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa3Beijer Institute, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-10405, Sweden4Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 2Y2, Canada5Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 267 - 289
                • ...such shifts have now been documented in a wide range of SES at a range of spatial and temporal scales, including coral reefs (136, 137), marine systems (138, 139), dryland systems (140–142), agroecosystems (143), ...
              • Environmental Tipping Points

                Timothy M. LentonCollege of Life and Environmental Sciences, University of Exeter, Exeter EX4 4PS, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 38: 1 - 29
                • ...both fields have been reviewed already, quite exhaustively for ecosystems (13–18), ...
              • Agroecology: A Review from a Global-Change Perspective

                Thomas P. Tomich,1,2,3,4 Sonja Brodt,3,4 Howard Ferris,5 Ryan Galt,1 William R. Horwath,6 Ermias Kebreab,7 Johan H.J. Leveau,8 Daniel Liptzin,3,4 Mark Lubell,2 Pierre Merel,9 Richard Michelmore,10,11,12,13 Todd Rosenstock,3,4 Kate Scow,3,6 Johan Six,13 Neal Williams,14 and Louie Yang141Department of Human and Community Development,2Department of Environmental Science and Policy,3Agricultural Sustainability Institute at UC Davis,4UC Statewide Sustainable Agriculture Research and Education Program,5Department of Nematology,6Department of Land, Air and Water Resources,7Department of Animal Science,8Department of Plant Pathology,9Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics,10Department of Molecular and Cellular Biology,11Department of Microbiology and Immunology,12Genome Center,13Department of Plant Sciences,14Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 193 - 222
                • ...including coastal eutrophication, drinking water contamination, smog formation, and climate change (90, 119)....

            • 84. 
              Bennett E, Peterson G, Gordon L. 2009. Understanding relationships among multiple ecosystem services. Ecol. Lett. 12:1394–404
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • The Energy-Water-Food Nexus

                D.L. Keairns,1 R.C. Darton,2 and A. Irabien31Booz Allen Hamilton, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15146; email: [email protected]2Department of Engineering Science, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3PJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]3Departamento de Ingenierías Química y Biomolecular, Universidad de Cantabria, 39005 Santander, Spain; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Vol. 7: 239 - 262
                • ...They illustrate the benefits of considering simultaneously the interactions between various ecosystem services (29); the ecological footprints of water, ...
              • Agroecology: A Review from a Global-Change Perspective

                Thomas P. Tomich,1,2,3,4 Sonja Brodt,3,4 Howard Ferris,5 Ryan Galt,1 William R. Horwath,6 Ermias Kebreab,7 Johan H.J. Leveau,8 Daniel Liptzin,3,4 Mark Lubell,2 Pierre Merel,9 Richard Michelmore,10,11,12,13 Todd Rosenstock,3,4 Kate Scow,3,6 Johan Six,13 Neal Williams,14 and Louie Yang141Department of Human and Community Development,2Department of Environmental Science and Policy,3Agricultural Sustainability Institute at UC Davis,4UC Statewide Sustainable Agriculture Research and Education Program,5Department of Nematology,6Department of Land, Air and Water Resources,7Department of Animal Science,8Department of Plant Pathology,9Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics,10Department of Molecular and Cellular Biology,11Department of Microbiology and Immunology,12Genome Center,13Department of Plant Sciences,14Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 193 - 222
                • ...the ecosystem services perspective provides one way to integrate social and environmental perspectives and consider ecosystem trade-offs from the perspective of human well-being (also see References 26 and 27)....

            • 85. 
              Anderies JM, Ryan P, Walker BH. 2006. Loss of resilience, crisis and institutional change: lessons from an intensive agricultural system in southeastern Australia. Ecosystems 9:865–78
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Social-Ecological Systems Insights for Navigating the Dynamics of the Anthropocene

                Belinda Reyers,1,2 Carl Folke,1,3 Michele-Lee Moore,1,4 Reinette Biggs,1,5 and Victor Galaz1,31Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm SE-10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa3Beijer Institute, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-10405, Sweden4Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 2Y2, Canada5Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 267 - 289
                • ...SES research offers innovative ways to conceptualize the codependence of social and ecological aspects of development challenges in areas such as poverty traps (46, 83), food systems (71), the management of crises and variance (101, 102), ...
              • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

                Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
                • ...Anderies et al. (91) discuss a water catchment in southeastern Australia that experienced rising water tables and increasing salinization....
                • ...Yet this is a challenging task in light of evidence that reducing exposure to current risks can adversely affect future vulnerability and resilience to future unknown events (49, 72, 78, 91)....

            • 86. 
              Scheffer M, Bascompte J, Brock WA, Brovkin V, Carpenter SR, et al. 2009. Early warning signals for critical transitions. Nature 461:53–59
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Measuring and Modeling Single-Cell Heterogeneity and Fate Decision in Mouse Embryos

                Jonathan Fiorentino,1,2 Maria-Elena Torres-Padilla,1,3 and Antonio Scialdone1,21Institute of Epigenetics and Stem Cells (IES), Helmholtz Zentrum München, D-81377 München, Germany; email: [email protected]2Institute of Functional Epigenetics (IFE) and Institute of Computational Biology (ICB), Helmholtz Zentrum München, D-85764 Neuherberg, Germany3Faculty of Biology, Ludwig-Maximilians Universität, D-82152 Planegg-Martinsried, Germany
                Annual Review of Genetics Vol. 54: 167 - 187
                • ...another quantitative framework for the analysis and interpretation of single-cell omics data could be provided by the theory of critical state transitions (98, 99), ...
                • ...Such a phenomenon could be explained by the theory of critical state transitions (98, 99)....
              • The Boundaries of the Planetary Boundary Framework: A Critical Appraisal of Approaches to Define a “Safe Operating Space” for Humanity

                Frank Biermann and Rakhyun E. KimCopernicus Institute of Sustainable Development, Utrecht University, 3584 CB Utrecht, The Netherlands; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 45: 497 - 521
                • ...more general studies on critical transitions and tipping points in the earth system relate to the planetary boundaries approach (8–11), ...
              • Global Groundwater Sustainability, Resources, and Systems in the Anthropocene

                Tom Gleeson,1 Mark Cuthbert,2,3 Grant Ferguson,4 and Debra Perrone51Department of Civil Engineering and School of Earth and Ocean Sciences, University of Victoria, British Columbia V8W 3P5, Canada; email: [email protected]2School of Earth and Ocean Sciences and Water Research Institute, Cardiff University, Cardiff CF10 3AT, United Kingdom3Connected Waters Initiative Research Centre, University of New South Wales, Sydney, New South Wales 2052, Australia4Department of Civil, Geological and Environmental Engineering, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan S7N 5E5, Canada5Environmental Studies Program, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106-1100, USA
                Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 48: 431 - 463
                • ...The Earth System is often considered a complex system (Rockström et al. 2009; Scheffer et al. 2009, 2012...
              • Social-Ecological Systems Insights for Navigating the Dynamics of the Anthropocene

                Belinda Reyers,1,2 Carl Folke,1,3 Michele-Lee Moore,1,4 Reinette Biggs,1,5 and Victor Galaz1,31Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm SE-10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa3Beijer Institute, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-10405, Sweden4Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 2Y2, Canada5Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 267 - 289
                • ...Such tools include generic indicators of increases in system variance and autocorrelation over time that reflect the weakening of dominant system feedbacks and associated loss of resilience (148, 172, 173)....
              • Cognitive Effects of Cancer and Cancer Treatments

                Tim A. Ahles and James C. RootNeurocognitive Research Lab, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY 10022, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Clinical Psychology Vol. 14: 425 - 451
                • ...research related to the concept of tipping points in complex systems may be relevant (Scheffer et al. 2009, van de Leemput et al. 2014)....
                • ...research has identified early warning signs for critical transitions that relate to the phenomenon known in dynamic systems theory as critical slowing down (Scheffer et al. 2009, van de Leemput et al. 2014)....
              • From Patterns to Function in Living Systems: Dryland Ecosystems as a Case Study

                Ehud Meron1,21Department of Solar Energy and Environmental Physics, Blaustein Institutes for Desert Research, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Sede Boqer Campus 84990, Israel; email: [email protected]2Department of Physics, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Beer Sheva 84105, Israel
                Annual Review of Condensed Matter Physics Vol. 9: 79 - 103
                • ...These proposals are all based on the characteristic critical slowing down of a system near an instability point, where an eigenvalue (or its real part) vanishes (139)....
              • Spatial Self-Organization of Ecosystems: Integrating Multiple Mechanisms of Regular-Pattern Formation

                Robert M. Pringle and Corina E. TarnitaDepartment of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Entomology Vol. 62: 359 - 377
                • ...and lastly to a sudden collapse in which all vegetation is lost—a catastrophic shift between alternative states (124, 126, 128, 129)....
              • Generic Indicators of Ecological Resilience: Inferring the Chance of a Critical Transition

                Marten Scheffer,1 Stephen R. Carpenter,2 Vasilis Dakos,3 and Egbert H. van Nes11Department of Environmental Sciences, Wageningen University, 6700 AA Wageningen, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]2Center for Limnology, University of Wisconsin–Madison, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]3Center for Adaptation to a Changing Environment, Institute of Integrative Biology, ETH Zurich, 8092 Zurich, Switzerland; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 46: 145 - 167
                • ...followed by the discovery of potential empirical indicators of resilience (Scheffer et al. 2009, 2012a)....
                • ...so that it may really be used to indicate change in the size of the basin of attraction (Scheffer et al. 2009)....
                • ...the system may repeatedly visit different basins of attraction, a process termed flickering (Scheffer et al. 2009)....
              • What Sociologists Should Know About Complexity

                Scott E. PageUniversity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109, and The Santa Fe Institute, Santa Fe, New Mexico 87501; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 41: 21 - 41
                • ...how increases in variation can signal tips or phase transitions (Scheffer et al. 2009), ...
              • The Emergence of Global Systemic Risk

                Miguel A. Centeno,1 Manish Nag,1 Thayer S. Patterson,2 Andrew Shaver,3 and A. Jason Windawi11Department of Sociology,2PIIRS Global Systemic Risk Research Community,3Woodrow Wilson School, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 41: 65 - 85
                • ... and the fragility and control of complex socioeconomic systems (Levin et al. 2013; Scheffer et al. 2009, 2012)....
              • Conservation Paleobiology: Leveraging Knowledge of the Past to Inform Conservation and Restoration

                Gregory P. Dietl,1,2 Susan M. Kidwell,3 Mark Brenner,4 David A. Burney,5 Karl W. Flessa,6 Stephen T. Jackson,6,7 and Paul L. Koch81Paleontological Research Institution, Ithaca, New York 148502Department of Earth and Atmospheric Sciences, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected]3Department of Geophysical Sciences, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 606374Department of Geological Sciences, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 326115National Tropical Botanical Garden, Kalaheo, Hawaii 967416Department of Geosciences, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 857217Southwest Climate Science Center, US Department of the Interior, Tucson, Arizona 857198Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences, University of California, Santa Cruz, California 95064
                Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 43: 79 - 103
                • ... or slower rates of recovery from disturbance (van Nes & Scheffer 2007, Scheffer et al. 2009) can serve reliably as early warnings of impending major changes in ecosystems at local, ...
              • Regime Shifts in Resource Management

                Aart de ZeeuwTilburg Sustainability Center, Department of Economics, Tilburg University, 5000 LE Tilburg, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 85 - 104
                • ...An interesting literature is emerging on early warning signals (Scheffer et al. 2009)....
                • ...An interesting literature is emerging on early warning signals (Scheffer et al. 2009)....
              • Environmental Tipping Points

                Timothy M. LentonCollege of Life and Environmental Sciences, University of Exeter, Exeter EX4 4PS, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 38: 1 - 29
                • ...there is currently much excitement about generic early warning indicators for one important class of tipping points (3–5)....
                • ...the term “critical transitions” has been used to describe tipping points in a range of complex systems (5)....
                • ...and of critical transitions more generally (5) comes largely from the mathematical theory of bifurcations, ...
                • ...Bifurcation-type tipping points carry generic early warning signals (5)....
              • Network Analysis: An Integrative Approach to the Structure of Psychopathology

                Denny Borsboom and Angélique O.J. CramerDepartment of Psychology, University of Amsterdam, Amsterdam 1018 XA, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Clinical Psychology Vol. 9: 91 - 121
                • ...phenomena such as critical slowing down and increased variance; Scheffer et al. 2009), ...

            • 87. 
              Constanza R, Mitsch WJ, Day JW. 2006. A new vision for New Orleans and the Mississippi Delta: applying ecological economics and ecological engineering. Front. Ecol. Environ. 4:465–72
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 88. 
              Allison HE, Hobbs RJ. 2004. Resilience, adaptive capacity, and the “lock-in trap” of the western Australian agricultural region. Ecol. Soc. 9:3
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

                Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
                • ...Although some commentators suggest that global interconnectedness means that some social systems are in effect decoupled from their local ecosystems (88), ...
              • ADAPTIVE GOVERNANCE OF SOCIAL-ECOLOGICAL SYSTEMS

                Carl Folke,1,2 Thomas Hahn,1 Per Olsson,1 and Jon Norberg21Centre for Transdisciplinary Environmental Research and 2Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 441 - 473
                • ...This has lead to vulnerability in many places and regions with constrained options for human livelihoods and progress (6, 7)....
                • ...and the inability to replenish coping resources propels a region and its people to increasing criticality (6, 7, 179)....

            • 89. 
              Holling CS. 2001. Understanding the complexity of economic, ecological, and social systems. Ecosystems 4:390–405
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Landscape Approaches: A State-of-the-Art Review

                Bas Arts,1 Marleen Buizer,1 Lummina Horlings,2 Verina Ingram,1 Cora van Oosten,1 and Paul Opdam11Wageningen University and Research, 6708 PB Wageningen, the Netherlands; email: [email protected]2Department of Planning, University of Groningen, 9747 AD Groningen, the Netherlands
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 439 - 463
                • ...in which the landscape is often considered the appropriate special unit to work in (38, 39)....
                • ... for a description of glocalization); and it adds the biophysical and material conditions to social analysis (see 38, 71, ...
              • The Emergence of Global Systemic Risk

                Miguel A. Centeno,1 Manish Nag,1 Thayer S. Patterson,2 Andrew Shaver,3 and A. Jason Windawi11Department of Sociology,2PIIRS Global Systemic Risk Research Community,3Woodrow Wilson School, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 41: 65 - 85
                • ...CAS arise endogenously out of the interactions of components and have collective behaviors that cannot be reduced to those of their components (Holling 2001, Miller & Page 2007, Mitchell 2009)....
              • Enabling Sustainable Production-Consumption Systems

                Louis Lebel1 and Sylvia Lorek21Unit for Social and Environmental Research, Chiang Mai University, Chiang Mai 50202, Thailand; email: [email protected]2Sustainable Europe Research Institute, 51491 Overath, Germany; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 241 - 275
                • ...Setting the boundaries of the target system of interest is an important analytical decision (7, 14)....
              • ADAPTIVE GOVERNANCE OF SOCIAL-ECOLOGICAL SYSTEMS

                Carl Folke,1,2 Thomas Hahn,1 Per Olsson,1 and Jon Norberg21Centre for Transdisciplinary Environmental Research and 2Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 441 - 473
                • ...the extent to which a system can absorb recurrent natural and human perturbations and continue to regenerate without slowly degrading or even unexpectedly flipping into less desirable states (10, 15–17)....
              • Complex Adaptive Systems

                J. Stephen LansingDepartment of Anthropology, University of Arizona, 221 Haury Bldg., Tucson, Arizona 85721-0030; external faculty, Santa Fe Institute, 1399 Hyde Park Road, Santa Fe, New Mexico 87501; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 32: 183 - 204
                • ...as Holland emphasizes; yet so far it has received far less attention from anthropologists than ecologists (Levin 1999, Solé & Manrubia 1995, Holling 2001, Lenton & Lovelock 2000)....

            • 90. 
              Bower GH, Morrow DG. 1990. Mental models in narrative comprehension. Science 247:44–48
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • The Evolution of a Cognitive Psychologist: A Journey from Simple Behaviors to Complex Mental Acts

                Gordon H. BowerDepartment of Psychology, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]

                Annual Review of Psychology Vol. 59: 1 - 27
                • ...see Bower & Morrow 1990, Bower & Rinck 1999, Rinck & Bower 2003)....
                • ...Runyan, APA Books 2007, and from Bower & Morrow (1990)....
              • Grounded Cognition

                Lawrence W. BarsalouDepartment of Psychology, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Psychology Vol. 59: 617 - 645
                • ...Early work on comprehension inferences strongly suggested the presence of spatial representations (e.g., Bransford & Johnson 1973). Bower & Morrow (1990)...

            • 91. 
              Holling CS, Meffe GK. 1996. Command and control and the pathology of natural resource management. Conserv. Biol. 10:328–37
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Next-Generation Environmental Regulation: Law, Regulation, and Governance

                Neil Gunningham1 and Cameron Holley21Regulatory Institutions Network, Australian National University, Canberra ACT 0200, Australia; email: [email protected]2Faculty of Law and Connected Waters Initiative Research Centre, UNSW Australia, Sydney 2052, Australia; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 12: 273 - 293
                • ...the creation of Yellowstone in 1872, see Andrade & Rhodes 2012; Holling & Meffe 1996)...
                • ... or biodiversity loss on private land (Holling & Meffe 1996, Perrings et al. 1994)....
              • Designer Ecosystems: Incorporating Design Approaches into Applied Ecology

                Matthew R.V. Ross,1, Emily S. Bernhardt,1 Martin W. Doyle,2 and James B. Heffernan21Department of Biology, Trinity College of Arts and Sciences,2Environmental Science and Policy Division, Nicholas School of the Environment, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 40: 419 - 443
                • ...The former posit restoration ecology as a direct response against the heavily controlled approach to ecosystem production (40, 51, 52)...
                • ...This perspective underpins the practical criticisms of the overly optimistic notions of ecosystems as deterministic, controllable machines (51, 76, 77)....
                • ...When an ecosystem is managed assuming stationarity and only for annual maximal output, this can lead to brittleness and collapse (51)....
              • ADAPTIVE GOVERNANCE OF SOCIAL-ECOLOGICAL SYSTEMS

                Carl Folke,1,2 Thomas Hahn,1 Per Olsson,1 and Jon Norberg21Centre for Transdisciplinary Environmental Research and 2Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 441 - 473
                • ...the response has been to increase control over resources through domestication and simplification of landscapes and seascapes to increase production, avoid fluctuations, and reduce uncertainty (1, 2)....
                • ... is often put forward as a more realistic and promising approach to deal with ecosystem complexity (50) than management for optimal use and control of resources (1, 44)....
                • ... may impose a grid on social memory for managing ecosystem dynamics (1), ...
              • Regime Shifts, Resilience, and Biodiversity in Ecosystem Management

                Carl Folke,1,2 Steve Carpenter,2,3 Brian Walker,4 Marten Scheffer,5 Thomas Elmqvist,1 Lance Gunderson,6 and C.S. Holling71Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]; [email protected]2Beijer International Institute of Ecological Economics, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm, Sweden3Center for Limnology, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]4Sustainable Ecosystems, CSIRO, Canberra, ACT, 2601, Australia; email: [email protected]5Aquatic Ecology and Water Quality Management Group, Wageningen Agricultural University, Wageningen, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]6Department of Environmental Studies, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322; email: [email protected]716871 Sturgis Circle, Cedar Key, Florida 32625; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 35: 557 - 581
                • ...The combination of these two trends calls for a change from the existing paradigm of command-and-control for stabilized “optimal” production to one based on managing resilience in uncertain environments to secure essential ecosystem services (Holling & Meffe 1996, Ludwig et al. 2001)....
              • Ecological Resilience—In Theory and Application

                Lance H. GundersonDept. of Environmental Studies, Emory University, Atlanta, 30322; Georgia e-mail: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics Vol. 31: 425 - 439
                • ...This ‘command and control’ approach focuses on controlling a target variable, but then slowly changes other parts of the system (27)....

            • 92. 
              Bohensky E, Lynam T. 2005. Evaluating responses in complex adaptive systems: insights on water management from the Southern African Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (SAfMA). Ecol. Soc. 10:11
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 93. 
              Mahon R, McConney P, Roy RN. 2008. Governing fisheries as complex adaptive systems. Mar. Policy 32:104–12
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 94. 
              Agrawal A. 2005. Environmentality: Technologies of Government and the Making of Subjects. Durham, NC: Duke Univ. Press
              • Crossref
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Land Tenure Transitions in the Global South: Trends, Drivers, and Policy Implications

                Thomas K. Rudel1 and Monica Hernandez21Departments of Human Ecology and Sociology, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901; email: [email protected]2Department of Geography, Rutgers University, Piscataway, New Jersey 08854
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 489 - 507
                • ...In India the history of the forest sector would seem to fit the pattern outlined here (26, 61), ...
              • Urban Political Ecology

                Anne RademacherDepartment of Anthropology and Department of Environmental Studies, New York University, New York, NY 10003; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 44: 137 - 152
                • ...; and used the resulting insights as the basis for new thinking on the political formation of environmental subjects (Agrawal 2005)....
              • The Regulation of Environmental Space

                Steve Herbert, Brandon Derman, and Tiffany GrobelskiLaw, Societies, and Justice Program and Department of Geography, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; [email protected]
                Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 9: 227 - 247
                • ...including the inculcation of particular responsibilities, and capacities of institutional and individual subjects (Agrawal 2005)....
              • The Anthropology of International Development

                David MosseSchool of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, London WC1H 0XG, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 42: 227 - 246
                • ...In Agrawal's (2005) longue-durée study of state-engendered environmental subjectivities (or environmentality) through community forestry (in Himalayan India), ...
              • Community Forestry in Theory and Practice: Where Are We Now?

                Susan Charnley1 and Melissa R. Poe21USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research Station, Portland, Oregon 97205; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 36: 301 - 336
                • ...increased participation can make local people stronger supporters of forest conservation (Agrawal 2005)....
              • Environmental Governance

                Maria Carmen Lemos and Arun AgrawalSchool of Natural Resources and Environment, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 297 - 325
                • ...Key to different forms of environmental governance are the political-economic relationships that institutions embody and how these relationships shape identities, actions, and outcomes (4–6)....
                • ...an issue that has received far less attention than the preceding two aspects of environmental governance (6)....
                • ...and individual rationality is a lynchpin of decentralized environmental governance (6)....
                • ...decentralized environmental governance aims to elicit the willing cooperation of those subject to the goals of governance (6, 108)....
              • Indigenous People and Environmental Politics

                Michael R. DoveSchool of Forestry Studies and Environmental Studies and Department of Anthropology, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511-2189; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 35: 191 - 208
                • ...Agrawal (2005a) suggests the widely lauded granting of forest rights to villagers in India is really a way of making them into environmental subjects....

            • 95. 
              Olsson P, Folke C, Hughes TP. 2008. Navigating the transition to ecosystem-based management of the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 105:9489–94
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Social-Ecological Systems Insights for Navigating the Dynamics of the Anthropocene

                Belinda Reyers,1,2 Carl Folke,1,3 Michele-Lee Moore,1,4 Reinette Biggs,1,5 and Victor Galaz1,31Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm SE-10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa3Beijer Institute, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-10405, Sweden4Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 2Y2, Canada5Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 267 - 289
                • ...while simultaneously building new connections through shadow networks and processes in order to foster systemic change (162)....
              • Transformative Environmental Governance

                Brian C. Chaffin,1 Ahjond S. Garmestani,2 Lance H. Gunderson,3 Melinda Harm Benson,4 David G. Angeler,5 Craig Anthony (Tony) Arnold,6 Barbara Cosens,7 Robin Kundis Craig,8 J.B. Ruhl,9 and Craig R. Allen10 1College of Forestry & Conservation, University of Montana, Missoula, Montana 59801; email: [email protected]2National Risk Management Research Laboratory, US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268; email: [email protected]3Department of Environmental Sciences, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322; email: [email protected]4Department of Geography & Environmental Studies, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87131; email: [email protected]5Department of Aquatic Sciences and Assessment, Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, 75007 Uppsala, Sweden; email: [email protected]6Brandeis School of Law and Department of Urban and Public Affairs, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208; email: [email protected]7College of Law, University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83844; email: [email protected]8S.J. Quinney College of Law, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112; email: [email protected]9Vanderbilt Law School, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee 37203; email: [email protected]10US Geological Survey, Nebraska Cooperative Fish and Wildlife Research Unit, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebraska 68583; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 399 - 423
                • ..., and SESs such as the Great Barrier Reef management (51, 53)...
              • Resilience to Climate Change in Coastal Marine Ecosystems

                Joanna R. Bernhardt1,3 and Heather M. Leslie1,2,1Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology and2Center for Environmental Studies, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912; email: [email protected]3Department of Zoology and Biodiversity Research Center, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia V6T 1Z4, Canada; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 5: 371 - 392
                • ...Folke et al. 2004, Halpern et al. 2012, Hughes et al. 2005, Leslie & Kinzig 2009, Olsson et al. 2008, Steneck et al. 2011)....
              • Integrated Land-Sea Conservation Planning: The Missing Links

                Jorge G. Álvarez-Romero,1 Robert L. Pressey,1 Natalie C. Ban,1 Ken Vance-Borland,2 Chuck Willer,3 Carissa Joy Klein,4 and Steven D. Gaines51Australian Research Council Centre of Excellence for Coral Reef Studies, James Cook University, Townsville, Queensland 4811, Australia; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2The Conservation Planning Institute, Corvallis, Oregon 97330; email: [email protected]3Coast Range Association, Corvallis, Oregon 97339; email: [email protected]4The University of Queensland, School of Biological Sciences, Brisbane, Queensland 4072, Australia; email: [email protected]5Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 42: 381 - 409
                • ...and marine socioecological systems (Dutton et al. 1994, Gordon 2007, Olsson et al. 2008, Stoms et al. 2005)....

            • 96. 
              Biggs HC, Rogers KH. 2003. An adaptive system to link science, monitoring and management in practice. In The Kruger Experience: Ecology and Management of Savanna Heterogeneity, ed. JT du Toit, KH Rogers, HC Biggs, pp. 59–80. Washington, DC: Island Press
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 97. 
              Wollenberg E, Edmunds D, Buck L. 2000. Anticipating Change: Scenarios as a Tool for Adaptive Forest Management. A Guide. Bogor, Indones.: CIFOR
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 98. 
              Peterson GD, Cumming GS, Carpenter SR. 2003. Scenario planning: a tool for conservation in an uncertain world. Conserv. Biol. 17:358–66
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Scenario Development and Foresight Analysis: Exploring Options to Inform Choices

                Keith Wiebe,1 Monika Zurek,2 Steven Lord,2 Natalia Brzezina,3 Gnel Gabrielyan,4 Jessica Libertini,5 Adam Loch,6 Resham Thapa-Parajuli,7 Joost Vervoort,2,8 and Henk Westhoek91Environment and Production Technology Division, International Food Policy Research Institute, Washington, DC 20005, USA; email: [email protected]2Environmental Change Institute, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]3Sustainable Food Economies Research Group, KU Leuven, 3001 Leuven, Belgium; email: [email protected]4Charles H. Dyson School of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853, USA; email: [email protected]5Applied Mathematics Department, Virginia Military Institute, Lexington, Virginia 24450, USA; email: [email protected]6Center for Global Food and Resources, University of Adelaide, Adelaide SA 5005, Australia; email: [email protected]7Business School, Faculty of Business, Law and Politics, University of Hull, Hull HU6 7RX, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]8Copernicus Institute of Sustainable Development, Utrecht University, 3584 CS Utrecht, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]9PBL Netherlands Environmental Assessment Agency, 2500 GH The Hague, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 545 - 570
                • ...The types of scenarios developed depend on the decision makers’ objectives [e.g., emission mitigation scenarios (9) or conservation decisions (123)], ...

            • 99. 
              Reed MS, Evely AC, Cundill G, Fazey I, Glass J, et al. 2010. What is social learning? Ecol. Soc. 15:r1
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 100. 
              Mostert E, Pahl-Wostl C, Rees Y, Searle B, Tàbara D, Tippett J. 2007. Social learning in European river-basin management: barriers and fostering mechanisms from 10 river basins. Ecol. Soc. 12:19
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 101. 
              Olsson P, Folke C, Berkes F. 2004. Adaptive co-management for building social-ecological resilience. Environ. Manag. 34:75–90
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

                Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
                • ...The “pinnacle” of comanagement is the idea that governance systems can themselves be adaptable through internal learning—both institutional arrangements and ecological knowledge should be “tested and revised in a dynamic, ongoing, self-organized process of trial and error” (99, ...
              • ADAPTIVE GOVERNANCE OF SOCIAL-ECOLOGICAL SYSTEMS

                Carl Folke,1,2 Thomas Hahn,1 Per Olsson,1 and Jon Norberg21Centre for Transdisciplinary Environmental Research and 2Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 441 - 473
                • ...in 1998 the Swedish Environmental Protection Agency and the National Board of Fisheries initiated a joint project between Norway and Sweden to implement an action program for conserving the noble crayfish (131)....

            • 102. 
              Berkes F, Colding J, Folke C. 2000. Rediscovery of traditional ecological knowledge as adaptive management. Ecol. Appl. 10:1251–62
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Assessing the Vulnerability of Social-Environmental Systems

                Hallie Eakin1 and Amy Lynd Luers21Department of Geography, University of California, Santa Barbara, California, 93106-4060; email: [email protected]2Global Environmental Program, Union of Concerned Scientists, Berkeley, California 94704-1567; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 365 - 394
                • ...These community-based resource systems are intended to enable dynamic learning and to enhance the flow of different sources and types of knowledge across scales of governance (42–44), ...
              • ADAPTIVE GOVERNANCE OF SOCIAL-ECOLOGICAL SYSTEMS

                Carl Folke,1,2 Thomas Hahn,1 Per Olsson,1 and Jon Norberg21Centre for Transdisciplinary Environmental Research and 2Department of Systems Ecology, Stockholm University, SE-10691 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 441 - 473
                • ...on a daily basis and over long periods of time, interact for their benefit and livelihood with ecosystems (77, 78)....

            • 103. 
              Danielsen F, Burgess N, Balmford A. 2005. Monitoring matters: examining the potential of locally-based approaches. Biodivers. Conserv. 14:2507–42
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Parks and Peoples: The Social Impact of Protected Areas

                Paige West,1 James Igoe,2 and Dan Brockington31Department of Anthropology, Barnard College, Columbia University, New York, New York 10027; email: [email protected],2Department of Anthropology, University of Colorado, Denver, Colorado 80217-3364; email: [email protected]3Institute for Development Policy and Management, University of Manchester, Manchester M13 9QH, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 35: 251 - 277
                • ...Protected areas also provide some in-country scientific-capacity building (Aguilar-Stoen & Dhillion 2003, Danielsen et al. 2005, Sivaramakrishnan 2003)....

            • 104. 
              Armitage D, Berkes F, Doubleday N, eds. 2007. Adaptive Co-Management: Collaboration, Learning, and Multi-Level Governance. Vancouver, Can.: Univ. B.C. Press
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 105. 
              Argyris C, Schön D. 1978. Organizational Learning: A Theory of Action Perspective. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 106. 
              Hargrove R. 2002. Masterful Coaching. San Francisco: Wiley
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 107. 
              Fernandez-Gimenez ME, Ballard HL, Sturtevant VE. 2008. Adaptive management and social learning in collaborative and community-based monitoring: a study of five community-based forestry organizations in the western USA. Ecol. Soc. 13:4
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Citizen Science: A Tool for Integrating Studies of Human and Natural Systems

                Rhiannon Crain,1 Caren Cooper,1 and Janis L. Dickinson1,21Cornell Lab of Ornithology,2Department of Natural Resources, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14850; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 641 - 665

              • 108. 
                Biggs R, Westley FR, Carpenter SR. 2010. Navigating the back loop: fostering social innovation and transformation in ecosystem management. Ecol. Soc. 15:9
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 109. 
                Biggs D, Abel N, Knight AT, Leitch A, Langston A, Ban NC. 2011. The implementation crisis in conservation planning: Could “mental models” help? Conserv. Lett. 4:169–83
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • The Impact of Systematic Conservation Planning

                  Emma J. McIntosh,1 Robert L. Pressey,2 Samuel Lloyd,3,4 Robert J. Smith,5 and Richard Grenyer11School of Geography and the Environment, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Australian Research Council Centre of Excellence for Coral Reef Studies, James Cook University, Townsville QLD 4811, Australia; email: [email protected]3Department of Life Sciences, Imperial College London, Silwood Park Campus, Ascot SL5 7PY United Kingdom; email: [email protected]4Department of Zoology, University of Oxford, Oxford, OX1 3PS, United Kingdom5Durrell Institute of Conservation and Ecology, School of Anthropology and Conservation, University of Kent, Kent CT2 7NR, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 677 - 697
                  • ... and the dangers of neglecting genuine engagement with land owners and local communities throughout the process (14, 69, 41)....
                  • ...A range of literature exists on what makes a good planning process (6, 20, 38, 41, 69, 74...
                • The Psychology of Environmental Decisions

                  Ben R. Newell,1 Rachel I. McDonald,1,2 Marilynn Brewer,1 and Brett K. Hayes11School of Psychology, University of New South Wales, Sydney 2052, Australia; email: [email protected]2Department of Psychology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas 66045
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 443 - 467
                  • ...few studies have examined in detail this process in an environmental context (67, 68)....

              • 110. 
                Serrat-Capdevila A, Browning-Aiken A, Lansey K, Finan T, Valdés JB. 2009. Increasing social-ecological resilience by placing science at the decision table: the role of the San Pedro basin (Arizona) decision-support system model. Ecol. Soc. 14:37
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 111. 
                Sendzimir J, Magnuszewski P, Flachner Z, Balogh P, Molnar G, et al. 2007. Assessing the resilience of a river management regime: informal learning in a shadow network in the Tisza River basin. Ecol. Soc. 13:11
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • Social-Ecological Systems Insights for Navigating the Dynamics of the Anthropocene

                  Belinda Reyers,1,2 Carl Folke,1,3 Michele-Lee Moore,1,4 Reinette Biggs,1,5 and Victor Galaz1,31Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm SE-10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa3Beijer Institute, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-10405, Sweden4Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 2Y2, Canada5Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 267 - 289
                  • ...It furthermore highlights the need for these governance factors to be flexible enough to shift as appropriate during these different phases (196–198)....

              • 112. 
                Barthel S, Folke C, Colding J. 2010. Social-ecological memory in urban gardens—retaining the capacity for management of ecosystem services. Glob. Environ. Change 20:255–65
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 113. 
                Cundill G, Fabricius C. 2009. Monitoring in adaptive co-management: toward a learning based approach. J. Environ. Manag. 90:3205–11
                • Crossref
                • Medline
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 114. 
                Armitage DR, Plummer R, Berkes F, Arthur RI, Charles AT, et al. 2009. Adaptive co-management for social-ecological complexity. Front. Ecol. Environ. 7:95–102
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Locations:
                • Article Location
                • Article Location
                • Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • Reconciling Conflict and Cooperation in Environmental Governance: A Social Network Perspective

                  Örjan Bodin,1 María Mancilla García,1 and Garry Robins21Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, 106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Melbourne School of Psychological Sciences, The University of Melbourne, Melbourne, Victoria 3010, Australia; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 45: 471 - 495
                  • ...Being adaptive and embracing a learning-as-we-go perspective in managing the environment are commonly advocated as the best way to address the complexities and unpredictability of ecosystems (3...
                  • ...or utilize the environment is a common denominator across different literatures, e.g., collaborative or participatory governance (11, 14, 15), adaptive co-management (3, 16), ...
                  • ...connect across different societal and political sectors, and reach agreements is commonly emphasized in the literature (3, 4, 12, 21)....
                • Social-Ecological Systems Insights for Navigating the Dynamics of the Anthropocene

                  Belinda Reyers,1,2 Carl Folke,1,3 Michele-Lee Moore,1,4 Reinette Biggs,1,5 and Victor Galaz1,31Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm SE-10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa3Beijer Institute, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-10405, Sweden4Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 2Y2, Canada5Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 267 - 289
                  • ...and the forms of governance linked to sustainable development in the Anthropocene (37, 38)....
                • Landscape Approaches: A State-of-the-Art Review

                  Bas Arts,1 Marleen Buizer,1 Lummina Horlings,2 Verina Ingram,1 Cora van Oosten,1 and Paul Opdam11Wageningen University and Research, 6708 PB Wageningen, the Netherlands; email: [email protected]2Department of Planning, University of Groningen, 9747 AD Groningen, the Netherlands
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 439 - 463
                  • ...On the basis of such arguments, community-based approaches were advocated in environmental planning and governance (63, 64), ...
                • Religion and Environment

                  Willis Jenkins1 and Christopher Key Chapple21Yale Divinity School, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; email: [email protected]2Department of Theological Studies, Loyola Marymount University, Los Angeles, California 90045; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 441 - 463
                  • ...Berkes and colleagues (53, 54) see TEK as model for the cultural challenge of sustainability to nontraditional societies, ...

              • 115. 
                Maarleveld M, Dabgbégnon C. 1999. Managing natural resources: a social learning perspective. Agric. Hum. Values 16:267–80
                • Crossref
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 116. 
                Blaikie P. 2006. Is small really beautiful? Community-based natural resource management in Malawi and Botswana. World Dev. 34:1942–57
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • Commons Movements: Old and New Trends in Rural and Urban Contexts

                  Sergio Villamayor-Tomas1 and Gustavo A. García-López21Institute of Environmental Science and Technology, Autonomous University of Barcelona, 08193 Barcelona, Spain; email: [email protected]2Center for Social Studies, University of Coimbra, 3000-104 Coimbra, Portugal; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46:
                  • ...as well as the primary role marginalized, resource-dependent populations had in mobilizing to defend their rights (49...
                  • ..., grassroots postmodernism (56), place-based/territorial resistances (57, 64), or local sites of resistance (52)....
                • Decentralization of Natural Resource Governance Regimes

                  Anne M. Larson1 and Fernanda Soto21Center for International Forestry Research, Managua, Nicaragua; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 213 - 239
                  • ...Project interventions in particular may require a blueprint that ignores complexity (121)....

              • 117. 
                Marín A, Berkes F. 2010. Network approach for understanding small-scale fisheries governance: the case of the Chilean coastal co-management system. Mar. Policy 34:851–58
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • Networks and the Challenge of Sustainable Development

                  Adam Douglas Henry1 and Björn Vollan21School of Government and Public Policy, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721-0027; email: [email protected]2Department of Public Finance, University of Innsbruck, A-6020 Innsbruck, Austria; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 583 - 610
                  • ...and local government processes (49), or affiliation with partnerships or organizations (50, 51)....
                  • ...Marín & Berkes (51) focused on horizontal fragmentations and noted that this type of network segregation inhibits grassroots environmental protection efforts....

              • 118. 
                Cundill G, Fabricius C. 2010. Monitoring the governance dimension of natural resource co-management. Ecol. Soc. 15:15
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 119. 
                Stringer LC, Dougill AJ, Fraser E, Hubacek K, Prell C, Reed MS. 2006. Unpacking “participation” in the adaptive management of social-ecological systems: a critical review. Ecol. Soc. 11:39
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Locations:
                • Article Location
                • Article Location
                • Article Location
              • 120. 
                Rowe G, Frewer L. 2005. A typology of public engagement mechanisms. Sci. Technol. Hum. Values 30:251–90
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 121. 
                Lebel L, Anderies JM, Campbell BM, Folke C, Hatfield-Dodds S, et al. 2006. Governance and the capacity to manage resilience in social-ecological systems. Ecol. Soc. 11:19
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Locations:
                • Article Location
                • Article Location
                • Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • Agroecology: A Review from a Global-Change Perspective

                  Thomas P. Tomich,1,2,3,4 Sonja Brodt,3,4 Howard Ferris,5 Ryan Galt,1 William R. Horwath,6 Ermias Kebreab,7 Johan H.J. Leveau,8 Daniel Liptzin,3,4 Mark Lubell,2 Pierre Merel,9 Richard Michelmore,10,11,12,13 Todd Rosenstock,3,4 Kate Scow,3,6 Johan Six,13 Neal Williams,14 and Louie Yang141Department of Human and Community Development,2Department of Environmental Science and Policy,3Agricultural Sustainability Institute at UC Davis,4UC Statewide Sustainable Agriculture Research and Education Program,5Department of Nematology,6Department of Land, Air and Water Resources,7Department of Animal Science,8Department of Plant Pathology,9Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics,10Department of Molecular and Cellular Biology,11Department of Microbiology and Immunology,12Genome Center,13Department of Plant Sciences,14Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 193 - 222
                  • ...and Lebel et al. (40) all stress that any effort to address resilience at scales beyond the enterprise or household level must additionally confront issues of governance....
                • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

                  Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
                  • ...As Lebel (106) points out, it is important to ask the questions of who decides what should be made resilient to what, ...

              • 122. 
                Schreiber ES, Bearlin AR, Nicol SJ, Todd CR. 2004. Adaptive management: a synthesis of current understanding and effective application. Ecol. Manag. Restor. 5:177–82
                • Crossref
                • Google Scholar
                Article Locations:
                • Article Location
                • Article Location
              • 123. 
                Folke C, Hahn T, Olsson P, Norberg J. 2005. Adaptive governance of social-ecological systems. Annu. Rev. Environ. Resour. 30:441–73
                • Link
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
              • 124. 
                Ostrom E. 1990. Governing the Commons: The Evolution of Institutions for Collective Action. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press
                • Crossref
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • On the Coevolution of Economic and Ecological Systems

                  Simon Levin1 and Anastasios Xepapadeas2,31Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of International and European Studies, Athens University of Economics and Business, Athens 104 34, Greece; email: [email protected]3Department of Economics, University of Bologna, 40126 Bologna, Italy
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 355 - 377
                  • ...These are familiar problems in economics (Ostrom 1990, Samuelson & Nordhaus 1989)...
                • The Sharing Economy: Rhetoric and Reality

                  Juliet B. Schor1 and Steven P. Vallas21Department of Sociology, Boston College, Chestnut Hill, Massachusetts 02467, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology and Anthropology, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115, USA; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 47: 369 - 389
                  • ...Elinor Ostrom's (1990) Governing the Commons showed that humans can share resources such as water and forests and achieve ecological and social sustainability over hundreds of years....
                  • ...Discourse analysis associated with the French group Oui Share found four main framings—commons sharing (Ostrom 1990), ...
                • Emerging Issues in Decentralized Resource Governance: Environmental Federalism, Spillovers, and Linked Socio-Ecological Systems

                  William ShobeFrank Batten School of Leadership and Public Policy, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia 22903, USA; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 12: 259 - 279
                  • ...There are numerous links between this adaptation literature and the explicitly economic treatment of local and polycentric governance of common pool resources (Folke et al. 2005, Ostrom 1990)....
                  • ...Local jurisdictions often form the locus of social identity, preferences, and behavioral norms (Ostrom 1990)....
                • Global Groundwater Sustainability, Resources, and Systems in the Anthropocene

                  Tom Gleeson,1 Mark Cuthbert,2,3 Grant Ferguson,4 and Debra Perrone51Department of Civil Engineering and School of Earth and Ocean Sciences, University of Victoria, British Columbia V8W 3P5, Canada; email: [email protected]2School of Earth and Ocean Sciences and Water Research Institute, Cardiff University, Cardiff CF10 3AT, United Kingdom3Connected Waters Initiative Research Centre, University of New South Wales, Sydney, New South Wales 2052, Australia4Department of Civil, Geological and Environmental Engineering, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan S7N 5E5, Canada5Environmental Studies Program, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106-1100, USA
                  Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 48: 431 - 463
                  • ...given current knowledge and technology; and (e) economic characteristics such as rivalry and excludability (Ostrom 1990)....
                • Understanding Multilateral Institutions in Easy and Hard Times

                  Robert O. KeohaneWoodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08540, USA; email: [email protected]

                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 23: 1 - 18
                  • ...In reading her path-breaking volume, Governing the Commons (Ostrom 1990), I had noticed the similarity between her design principles and my own emphasis in After Hegemony on reciprocity....
                • Illegal Wildlife Trade: Scale, Processes, and Governance

                  Michael ‘t Sas-Rolfes,1,2 Daniel W.S. Challender,1,3 Amy Hinsley,1,3 Diogo Veríssimo,1,3,4 and E.J. Milner-Gulland1,31Oxford Martin Program on the Illegal Wildlife Trade, Oxford Martin School, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3BD, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2School of Geography and the Environment, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom3Department of Zoology, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3SZ, United Kingdom4Institute for Conservation Research, San Diego Zoo Global, Escondido, CA 92027, USA
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 201 - 228
                  • ...as subsequently elucidated by the work of Elinor Ostrom and others (58, 59)....
                • Ecotourism for Conservation?

                  Amanda L. Stronza,1 Carter A. Hunt,2 and Lee A. Fitzgerald31Applied Biodiversity Science Program and Departments of Recreation, Park and Tourism Sciences, and Anthropology, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas 77843-2261, USA; email: [email protected]2Recreation, Park, and Tourism Management, and Anthropology, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA3Applied Biodiversity Science Program and Department of Wildlife and Fisheries Sciences, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas 77843-2258, USA
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 229 - 253
                  • ...too many tourists “ruining” a “pristine” habitat); the challenge of subtraction is keeping single users from diminishing or degrading the resource for all others (i.e., hunting or harassing wildlife makes it scarce and skittish) (156, 157)....
                • Collective Rights–Based Fishery Management: A Path to Ecosystem-Based Fishery Management

                  Daniel S. HollandConservation Biology Division, Northwest Fisheries Science Center, National Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Seattle, Washington, 98112, USA; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 469 - 485
                  • ...have been found to be effective and potentially more practical in some cases (Ostrom 1990, Ostrom et al. 1994)...
                  • ...Case studies and meta-analyses of collectives formed to manage common pool resources led Ostrom (1990) to identify a number of design principles that can be critical in enabling formation and success of collectives....
                  • ...A cohesive group with a formal contract and monitoring and enforcement capabilities is likely to be more effective than a nonbinding group agreement relying on voluntary actions (Dawson & Segerson 2008, Little et al. 2015, Segerson 2013). Ostrom (1990) notes that, ...
                • Social Norms and the Environment

                  Karine NyborgDepartment of Economics, University of Oslo, NO-0317 Oslo, Norway; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 405 - 423
                  • ...researchers focused their attention on markets and formal institutions such as property rights, direct regulation, and market-based policy instruments. Ostrom (1990) demonstrated forcefully, ...
                  • ...As indicated by Ostrom's (1990) work, passive resignation is not the only possible response by people affected by market failures....
                  • ...for example, by suggesting policy advice undermining existing informal arrangements (Ostrom 1990, 2000)....
                • The Genomic Commons

                  Jorge L. Contreras1 and Bartha M. Knoppers21S.J. Quinney College of Law and School of Medicine, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112, USA; email: [email protected]2Centre of Genomics and Policy and Department of Medicine, McGill University, Montreal, Quebec H3A 0G1, Canada; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Genomics and Human Genetics Vol. 19: 429 - 453
                  • ... and the more complex construct of “common pool resources” pioneered by Elinor Ostrom and other new institutional economic theorists (8, 104).2 The public availability of genomic data has yielded advances in medical genetics, ...
                  • ...organized according to the categories laid out in Ostrom's Institutional Analysis and Development (IAD) framework (104), ...
                • Radical Decentralization: Does Community-Driven Development Work?

                  Katherine CaseyGraduate School of Business, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305, USA; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Economics Vol. 10: 139 - 163
                  • ... on capabilities and agency and Ostrom (1990, 2000) on social capital and collective action, ...
                • Legitimacy in Areas of Limited Statehood

                  Thomas Risse and Eric StollenwerkOtto Suhr Institute of Political Science, Freie Universität Berlin, 14195 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 21: 403 - 418
                  • ...Personalized trust based on face-to-face interactions enables overcoming collective action problems in local communities (see Ostrom 1990, Ostrom et al. 1994) and is a powerful source for the legitimacy of governance institutions....
                • The Other Side of Taxation: Extraction and Social Institutions in the Developing World

                  Ellen Lust1 and Lise Rakner2,31Department of Political Science, University of Gothenburg, Gothenburg 40530, Sweden; email: [email protected]2Department of Comparative Politics, University of Bergen, Bergen 5007, Norway; email: [email protected]3Chr. Michelsen Institute, Bergen 5892, Norway
                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 21: 277 - 294
                  • ...which include the rules that govern extraction—including the obligation to contribute and the costs of transgression. Ostrom (1990) convincingly argues that community norms, ...
                • Collective Action Theory and the Dynamics of Complex Societies

                  Elizabeth DeMarrais1 and Timothy Earle21Department of Archaeology and Anthropology, University of Cambridge, Cambridge CB2 3DZ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois 60208; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 46: 183 - 201
                  • ...shaped by norms, culture, and ideology (among many factors) (Hardin 1982, 1991; Hechter 1983, 1987, 1990a,b; Lichbach 1994a,b; Ostrom 1986, 1990...
                • Law, Innovation, and Collaboration in Networked Economy and Society

                  Yochai BenklerBerkman Klein Center for Internet and Society, Harvard Law School, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 13: 231 - 250
                  • ...Ostrom (1990) and others documented and systematized long-standing common property regimes used, ...
                • Formal and Informal Contracting: Theory and Evidence

                  Ricard Gil1 and Giorgio Zanarone21Johns Hopkins Carey Business School, Baltimore, Maryland 21202; email: [email protected]2CUNEF, Madrid, 28040 Spain; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 13: 141 - 159
                  • ...rather than by courts—in both business and social relationships (Ellickson 1991, Macaulay 1963, Macneil 1978, Milgrom et al. 1990, Ostrom 1990)....
                • Spillovers from Conservation Programs

                  Alexander Pfaff1 and Juan Robalino21Sanford School of Public Policy, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708; email: [email protected]2Escuela de Economía, Universidad de Costa Rica, 2060 San José, Costa Rica; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 299 - 315
                  • ...they tend to reach agreements about resource extraction with better social outcomes (Cardenas et al. 2000, Ostrom 1990)....
                • Sharing Data to Build a Medical Information Commons: From Bermuda to the Global Alliance

                  Robert Cook-Deegan,1 Rachel A. Ankeny,2 and Kathryn Maxson Jones31School for the Future of Innovation in Society, Arizona State University, Washington, DC 20009; email: [email protected]2School of Humanities, University of Adelaide, Adelaide, South Australia 5005, Australia3Program in History of Science, Department of History, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544
                  Annual Review of Genomics and Human Genetics Vol. 18: 389 - 415
                  • ...The 1990 joint plan for the NIH and DOE echoed this message but similarly failed to provide a timeline for sharing among collaborators (26, 50, 66, 123, 145, 147, 161, 172)....
                  • ...Ostrom's earlier work focused on natural resource depletion (123, 125)....
                • Toward a Sociology of Privacy

                  Denise Anthony,1 Celeste Campos-Castillo,2 and Christine Horne31Department of Sociology, Dartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire 03755; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology, University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53211; email: [email protected]3Department of Sociology, Washington State University, Pullman, Washington 99163; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 43: 249 - 269
                  • ... and undermines existing rules (Keizer et al. 2008), whereas ignorance of violations maintains norms (Kitts 2003, Ostrom 1990)....
                • Corporate Environmentalism: Motivations and Mechanisms

                  Elizabeth Chrun,1 Nives Dolšak,2 and Aseem Prakash11Department of Political Science, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]2School of Marine and Environmental Affairs, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 341 - 362
                  • ...1See Ostrom's (20) critique of relying on “the state” or “the market” for correcting over exploitation of communitarian resources....
                • Carbon Lock-In: Types, Causes, and Policy Implications

                  Karen C. Seto,1 Steven J. Davis,2 Ronald B. Mitchell,3 Eleanor C. Stokes,1 Gregory Unruh,4 and Diana Ürge-Vorsatz51Yale School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; email: [email protected]2Department of Earth System Science, University of California, Irvine, California 926973Department of Political Science and Program in Environmental Studies, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon 974034New Century College, George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia 220305Center for Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Policy, Central European University, 1051 Budapest, Hungary
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 425 - 452
                  • ...scholars have shown that overcoming institutional lock-in is possible but requires propitious circumstances and exogenous shocks that galvanize stakeholder attention and create a window of opportunity (65)....
                • Well-Being Dynamics and Poverty Traps

                  Christopher B. Barrett,1 Teevrat Garg,2,3 and Linden McBride11Charles H. Dyson School of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and Environment, London School of Economics, London, WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom3School of Global Policy and Strategy, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 303 - 327
                  • ...degrading the resource below a recoverable threshold and compromising communities' future livelihoods (Baland & Platteau 1996, Hardin 1968, Ostrom 1990)....
                • Resource-Dependent Livelihoods and the Natural Resource Base

                  Elizabeth J.Z. RobinsonSchool of Agriculture, Policy, and Development, University of Reading, Reading RG6 6AR, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 281 - 301
                  • ...functioning institutions are almost certainly required to manage the resources over the long-term. Ostrom's (1990) seminal work on common property regimes for managing common-pool resources provides numerous examples of communities actively managing the resource base and thus avoiding excess degradation....
                • Safe Drinking Water for Low-Income Regions

                  Susan Amrose,1 Zachary Burt,2 and Isha Ray21Civil and Environmental Engineering,2Energy and Resources Group, University of California, Berkeley, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 40: 203 - 231
                  • ...These characteristics reflect Ostrom's (56) classic work on how to govern common resources, ...
                • Opportunities for and Alternatives to Global Climate Regimes Post-Kyoto

                  Axel MichaelowaInstitute of Political Science, University of Zurich, 8050 Zurich, Switzerland; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 40: 395 - 417
                  • ...including monitoring of the resource status and sanctions commensurate with the level of the damage (10)....
                • A Conversation with Douglass North

                  Douglass C. North,1 Gardner Brown,2,3 and Dean Lueck4 1Department of Economics, Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri 63130 2Department of Economics, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected] 3Resources for the Future, Washington, DC 20036 4Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 7: 1 - 10
                  • ...and her work (particularly Ostrom 1990) ultimately influenced many resource economists....
                • Gender and Sustainability

                  Ruth Meinzen-Dick, Chiara Kovarik, and Agnes R. QuisumbingInternational Food Policy Research Institute, Washington, DC 20006; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 29 - 55
                  • ...Particularly important are the notions of appropriation and provision (28): Sustainability requires limits on extraction or exploitation of the resource (appropriation), ...
                • Networks and the Challenge of Sustainable Development

                  Adam Douglas Henry1 and Björn Vollan21School of Government and Public Policy, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721-0027; email: [email protected]2Department of Public Finance, University of Innsbruck, A-6020 Innsbruck, Austria; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 583 - 610
                  • ...in which resource users successfully develop and enforce shared rules about the management and use of a CPR (25)....
                  • ...This concept of linking ties relates to Ostrom's (25) observation that governance takes place within a series of nested enterprises....
                • Agent-Based Models

                  Scott de Marchi1 and Scott E. Page21Department of Political Science, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708; email: [email protected]2Center for the Study of Complex Systems, Departments of Political Science and Economics, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48106; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 17: 1 - 20
                  • ...This provides a partial answer to why researchers like Ostrom (1990) find that cooperation (i.e., ...
                • Microfoundations of the Rule of Law

                  Gillian K. Hadfield1 and Barry R. Weingast21Gould School of Law and Department of Economics, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California 90089-0071; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science and Hoover Institution on War, Revolution and Peace, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 17: 21 - 42
                  • ...this literature examines settings where centralized government control is missing or weak. Ostrom (1990)...
                • The Internship Imbalance in Professional Psychology: Current Status and Future Prospects

                  Robert L. HatcherThe Graduate Center–City University of New York, New York 10016; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Clinical Psychology Vol. 10: 53 - 83
                  • ...Frequently cited examples of such resources include water supplies, fish stocks, and grazing areas (Ostrom 1990, Parks et al. 2013), ...
                  • ...and serious losses, especially to less advantaged participants (Dietz et al. 2002, 2003; Ostrom 1990...
                  • ...Ostrom and colleagues presented numerous studies of the various governance structures in use currently and historically around the world to provide effective management of common-pool resources and forestall the tragedy of the commons (e.g., Dietz et al. 2002, Ostrom 1990...
                  • ...and place limits on each user's take from the resource (e.g., Dietz et al. 2003, Ostrom 1990)....
                  • ...numerous examples exist of overly rigid and centralized government management systems that have brought ruin to common-pool resource management (Ostrom 1990)....
                  • ...programs using alternative resources may appear to be free riders (Delton et al. 2012, Hatcher 2011a, Ostrom 1990) who take advantage of a common good without bearing their share of the cost of doing so (prominent among many costs is the risk of unplaced applicants with nowhere to go)....
                • Market Instruments for the Sustainability Transition

                  Edward A. Parson1 and Eric L. Kravitz21School of Law, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095; email: [email protected]2School of Natural Resources and Environment, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 38: 415 - 440
                  • ...which define people's perceived obligations and expectations and so influence behavior by internalized norms or social enforcement (13–16)....
                • Economic Institutions and the State: Insights from Economic History

                  Henning HillmannDepartment of Sociology, School of Social Sciences, University of Mannheim, D-68159 Mannheim, Germany; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 39: 251 - 273
                  • ...whether political, social, or economic.” Ostrom (1990) offers a more comprehensive definition, ...
                  • ...and what payoffs will be assigned to individuals dependent on their actions” (Ostrom 1990, ...
                • The Political Economy of Fishery Reform

                  Corbett A. Grainger and Dominic P. ParkerDepartment of Agricultural and Applied Economics, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 369 - 386
                  • ...Considerable confusion about the distinction between the two terms has clouded academic discourse and misguided policy reforms (see Ostrom 1990)....
                • Social Networks and the Environment

                  Julio ViderasEconomics Department, Hamilton College, Clinton, New York 13323; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 211 - 226
                  • ...Among the findings by Ostrom (1990), an insight that challenges the neoclassical concept of isolated economic agents is that the type and nature of social networks and norms can influence a community’s ability to manage successfully its finite resources....
                • Why Social Relations Matter for Politics and Successful Societies

                  Peter A. Hall and Michèle LamontMinda de Gunzburg Center for European Studies, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 16: 49 - 71
                  • ...They may entail cooperation to resolve common pool resource problems of the sort Ostrom (1990, 2005) has investigated....
                  • ...Ostrom (1990) and others have shown that systems for monitoring and sanctioning defections from cooperative behavior can be important to such capacities....
                • Green Clubs: Collective Action and Voluntary Environmental Programs

                  Matthew Potoski1 and Aseem Prakash21Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 16: 399 - 419
                  • ...As Ostrom (1990) suggested, institutionalist scholars need to study rules on the ground (operational choice rules) as well as the rules to make rules (collective choice rules)....
                  • ...As Ostrom (1990) emphasized, scholars need to look for solutions beyond the monolithic categories of “the state” or “the market” to develop policy instruments that harness the strengths of each while avoiding their pitfalls....
                • Evolutionary Psychology: New Perspectives on Cognition and Motivation

                  Leda Cosmides1 and John Tooby21Department of Psychological & Brain Sciences and Center for Evolutionary Psychology and2Department of Anthropology and Center for Evolutionary Psychology, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Psychology Vol. 64: 201 - 229
                  • ...and even politics (Olson 1965, Brewer & Kramer 1986, Ostrom 1990, Price et al. 2002)....
                • Payments for Environmental Services: Evolution Toward Efficient and Fair Incentives for Multifunctional Landscapes

                  Meine van Noordwijk,1 Beria Leimona,1 Rohit Jindal,2 Grace B. Villamor,1,3 Mamta Vardhan,4 Sara Namirembe,5 Delia Catacutan,6 John Kerr,7 Peter A. Minang,5 and Thomas P. Tomich81World Agroforestry Centre (ICRAF), Bogor 16880, Indonesia; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Resource Economics and Environmental Sociology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada T6G 2H1; email: [email protected]3Center for Development Research (ZEF), University of Bonn, Germany 53113; email: [email protected]4Institute for Sustainable Energy, Environment and Economy, University of Calgary, Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2N 1N4; email: [email protected]5World Agroforestry Centre (ICRAF), Nairobi 00100, Kenya; email: [email protected], [email protected]6World Agroforestry Centre (ICRAF), Hanoi, Vietnam; email: [email protected]7Department of Community, Agriculture, Recreation and Resource Studies, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824; email: [email protected]8Agricultural Sustainability Institute, University of California, Davis, California 95616-8523; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 37: 389 - 420
                  • ...such as long-standing traditions or norms that favor collective action (129, 130)...
                • Behavioral Economics and Environmental Policy

                  Fredrik Carlsson and Olof Johansson-Stenman*Department of Economics, University of Gothenburg, SE 405 30 Gothenburg, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 75 - 99
                  • ...to effectively handle social dilemma–type situations (see, e.g., Dietz et al. 2003; Ostrom 1990, 2009...
                  • .... Ostrom (1990) provides extensive real-world evidence that sanction possibilities are essential for successful common property resource management....
                • The Political Science of Federalism

                  Jenna BednarDepartment of Political Science, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; External Faculty, Santa Fe Institute, Santa Fe, New Mexico 87501; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 7: 269 - 288
                  • ...It abstracts the goals described in Section 2 to social goods requiring the coordinated effort of self-interested agents—the federal and state governments (some analyses further break apart the governments into components)—and hence leans heavily on theories of collective action problems and noncooperative game theory (Ostrom 1990)....
                • Efficiency Advantages of Grandfathering in Rights-Based Fisheries Management

                  Terry Anderson,1 Ragnar Arnason,2 and Gary D. Libecap3,4,*1PERC, Bozeman Montana Hoover Institution, Bozeman, Montana 59718; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics, University of Iceland, 101 Reykjavik, Iceland; email: [email protected]3Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected]4National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 3: 159 - 179
                  • ...The conditions under which common property regimes function effectively, however, are limited, as outlined by Ostrom (1990, ...
                • Natural Resource Management: Challenges and Policy Options

                  Jessica Coria1,2 and Thomas Sterner1,*1Department of Economics, School of Business, Economics, and Law, University of Gothenburg, Gothenburg, SE 405 30 Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Facultad de Economía y Empresa, Universidad Diego Portales, Santiago 8370057, Chile
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 3: 203 - 230
                  • ...2.3.2. Common property resource management.Some researchers maintain that common property resources (CPRs) may be a superior institution under certain conditions (Ostrom 1990, 1998, 1999...
                  • ...Ostrom (1990) developed eight general conditions that seemed to characterize sustainable CPR management:1)...
                  • ...Both Ostrom (1990) and Cox et al. (2010) do, however, insist that the conditions should not be seen as a blueprint to be applied everywhere: One of the essential conditions is that of local ownership and adjustment to local conditions. Cox et al. (2010)...
                • Political Economy of the Environment

                  Thomas K. Rudel,1 J. Timmons Roberts,2 and JoAnn Carmin31Departments of Human Ecology and Sociology, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901; email: [email protected]2Center for Environmental Studies and Department of Sociology, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912; email: [email protected]3Department of Urban Studies and Planning, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 37: 221 - 238
                  • ...whereas after 1990, Ostrom's (1990) Governing the Commons became a central theoretical resource....
                • The Rescaling of Global Environmental Politics

                  Liliana B. Andonova1 and Ronald B. Mitchell21Department of Political Science, Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Geneva 21, 1211, Switzerland; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon 97403-1284; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 35: 255 - 282
                  • ...has clarified the importance of multiple actors and networks, including local communities; private actors; subnational governments (8, 118)...
                  • ...and methods to examine the multiscale nature of environmental politics (5, 6, 10, 12, 118)....
                • Water Sustainability: Anthropological Approaches and Prospects

                  Ben Orlove1 and Steven C. Caton21School of International and Public Affairs, Columbia University, New York, NY 10027; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 39: 401 - 415
                  • ...which have been a locus both of participatory governance (Ostrom 1990)...
                • A Long Polycentric Journey

                  Elinor OstromWorkshop in Political Theory and Policy Analysis, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47408; email: [email protected]

                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 13: 1 - 23
                  • ...Many scholars have read Governing the Commons (E. Ostrom 1990) and found that the robust, ...
                • Connectivity and the Governance of Multilevel Social-Ecological Systems: The Role of Social Capital

                  Eduardo S. Brondizio,1 Elinor Ostrom,2 and Oran R. Young31Department of Anthropology, Anthropological Center for Training and Research on Global Environmental Change (ACT), Center for the Study of Institutions, Population, and Environmental Change (CIPEC), Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]2Workshop in Political Theory and Policy Analysis, CIPEC, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]3Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 34: 253 - 278
                  • ...Considerable agreement exists on the usefulness of eight institutional design principles1 (6, 7)...
                  • ...They emphasize features such as monitoring the use of an ecosystem and the availability of graduated sanctions to deter violators (7, 139, 140)....
                • Behavior, Environment, and Health in Developing Countries: Evaluation and Valuation

                  Subhrendu K. Pattanayak1,2 and Alexander Pfaff11Sanford School of Public Policy, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Nicholas School of the Environment, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 183 - 217
                  • ...For a general discussion of analogous problems of common property resource management, see Ostrom (1990), ...
                • Hobbesian Hierarchy: The Political Economy of Political Organization

                  David A. LakeDepartment of Political Science, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093-0521; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 12: 263 - 283
                  • ...private or nonhierarchical institutions are also effective in reducing transaction costs and facilitating cooperation (Elickson 2005, Keohane 1984, Ostrom 1990)....
                • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

                  Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
                  • ...and robust decision making are, indeed, well known (see, for example, References 92, 112, and 113)....
                • Women, Water, and Development

                  Isha RayEnergy and Resources Group, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 421 - 449
                  • ...The primary reasons for the rapid acceptance of PIM were (a) the heavy financial burden of major canal systems on governments and (b) the growing belief that if water systems are owned by their users they will be better able to use, allocate, and manage them (106)....
                • Neoliberalism and the Environment in Latin America

                  Diana M. Liverman and Silvina VilasEnvironmental Change Institute, Oxford University Center for the Environment, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 327 - 363
                  • ...whereas most common property regimes are held in common by a community and exclude use by those outside the community (18, 19)....
                  • ...For example Ostrom (18, 19) has documented commons systems that have worked for centuries to manage water and forests in cases where boundaries and members of the commons community are well defined and there are strong institutions for conflict resolution and rule making....
                • Environmental Governance

                  Maria Carmen Lemos and Arun AgrawalSchool of Natural Resources and Environment, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 297 - 325
                  • ...Arguments advanced by scholars of the commons engaged these policy prescriptions and identified communities as a third potential locus of environmental governance (51)....
                • Institutional Failure in Resource Management

                  James M. AchesonDepartments of Anthropology and Marine Science, University of Maine, Orono, Maine 04469; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 35: 117 - 134
                  • ...Each of these structures has strong advocates (Ostrom 1990)....
                  • ...co-management) (Anderson & Hill 2004, Baland & Platteau 1996, Berkes 1989, McCay & Acheson 1987, Ostrom 1990, Pinkerton & Weinstein 1995)....
                  • ...Berkes 1989, Berkes & Folke 1998, Dyer & McGoodwin 1994, McCay & Acheson 1987, Ostrom 1990, Pinkerton & Weinstein 1995), ...
                  • ...dependence on the resource, leadership, and secure boundaries (North 1990, p. 12; Ostrom 1990, 2000a,b...
                • REGIONAL ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTION AND TRANSBOUNDARY AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT

                  Michelle S. Bergin,1 J. Jason West,2 Terry J. Keating,3 and Armistead G. Russell11Georgia Institute of Technology, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Atlanta, Georgia 30332; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Princeton University, Program in Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences and Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Princeton, New Jersey 08540; email: [email protected]3U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air and Radiation, Washington, District of Columbia 20460; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 1 - 37
                  • ...decreasing upwind emissions will require the development of some type of cooperative regime (120)....
                • TOO MUCH FOR TOO FEW: Problems of Indigenous Land Rights in Latin America

                  Anthony StocksDepartment of Anthropology, Idaho State University, Pocatello, Idaho 83209; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 34: 85 - 104
                  • ...the work of Ostrom and her colleagues on common property regimes scotched the notion that communal (group) property is equivalent to the open-access commons about which Hardin wrote (Ostrom 1990...
                • The Sociology of Property Rights

                  Bruce G. Carruthers andLaura AriovichDepartment of Sociology, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois 60208; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 30: 23 - 46
                  • ...and people find many other ways to avoid such tragedies (Ellickson 1991, Ostrom 1990)....
                • Advocacy Organizations in the U.S. Political Process

                  Kenneth T. Andrews1 andBob Edwards21Department of Sociology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27599-3210; email: [email protected] 2Department of Sociology, East Carolina University, Greenville, North Carolina 27858; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 30: 479 - 506
                  • ...Recent research has provided insight into how interest groups overcome Olson's (1965) free-rider problem (e.g., Ostrom 1990)....
                • Dynamics of Land-Use and Land-Cover Change in Tropical Regions

                  Eric F. Lambin,1 Helmut J. Geist,2 and Erika Lepers21Department of Geography, University of Louvain, Place Louis Pasteur 3, B-1348 Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium; email: [email protected] 2LUCC International Project Office, Department of Geography, University of Louvain, Place Louis Pasteur 3, B-1348 Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium; email: [email protected] [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 28: 205 - 241
                  • ...The systems/structures perspective explains land-use change through the organization and institutions of society (174)....
                • State of the World’s Fisheries

                  Ray Hilborn, Trevor A. Branch, Billy Ernst, Arni Magnusson, Carolina V. Minte-Vera, Mark D. Scheuerell, and Juan L. ValeroSchool of Aquatic and Fishery Sciences, University of Washington, Box 355020, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected] ,[email protected] ,[email protected] ,[email protected] ,[email protected] ,[email protected] ,[email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 28: 359 - 399
                  • ...and the incentives it provides are the primary determinants of the success or failure of fisheries (117, 121)....
                • Sustainable Governance of Common-Pool Resources: Context, Methods, and Politics

                  Arun AgrawalDepartment of Political Science, McGill University, Montréal, Québec H3A 2T7, Canada; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 32: 243 - 262
                  • ...A number of writings have undertaken important theoretical development to focus on the commons dilemmas that confront communities of users (Cheung 1970, Dasgupta & Heal 1979, Oakerson 1992, Ostrom 1990, Runge 1984)....
                  • ...The works by Robert Wade (1994), Elinor Ostrom (1990), Jean-Marie Baland & Jean-Philippe Platteau (1996) are path-breaking book-length analyses of local, ...
                  • ...but at least we can presume that the data collection in each case is consistent. Ostrom (1990) uses detailed case studies that other scholars generated....
                  • ...Consider Ostrom's (1990) design principles, based on her investigation of 14 cases....
                  • ...A design principle for Ostrom is not part of a blueprint but “an essential element or condition that helps to account for the success of these institutions in sustaining the CPRs and gaining the compliance of generation after generation of appropriators to the rules in use” (1990, ...
                  • ...TABLE 1 Synthesis of facilitating conditions identified by Wade (1994)—RW, Ostrom (1990)—EO, and Baland & Platteau (1996)...
                  • ...Abbreviations: Wade (1994)—RW, Ostrom (1990)—EO, and Baland & Platteau (1996)—B&P...
                • Ideas, Politics, and Public Policy

                  John L. CampbellDepartment of Sociology, Dartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire 03755, e-mail: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 28: 21 - 38
                  • ...even some rational choice theorists have conceded that ideas matter (Knight & North 1997, Levi 1997, North 1990, Ostrom 1990:33–35), ...
                • Ecology, Conservation, and Public Policy

                  Donald Ludwig,1 Marc Mangel,2 and Brent Haddad21Departments of Mathematics and Zoology, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia V6T 1Z2, Canada; e-mail: [email protected] 2Department of Environmental Studies, University of California, Santa Cruz, California 95064; e-mail: [email protected] [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics Vol. 32: 481 - 517
                  • ...perhaps we can learn something of value for our present problems. Ostrom (1990) provides a well-articulated account of things to be learned....
                • CAPACITY DEVELOPMENT FOR THE ENVIRONMENT: A View for the South, A View for the North

                  Ambuj D. SagarScience, Technology, and Public Policy Program, Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs, John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; e-mail: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Energy and the Environment Vol. 25: 377 - 439
                  • ...among other things, played a significant role in managing natural resources (165)....
                • Conservation and Subsistence in Small-Scale Societies

                  Eric Alden SmithDepartment of Anthropology, University of Washington, Box 353100, Seattle, Washington 98195-3100; e-mail: [email protected] Mark WishnieSchool of Forestry and Environmental Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; e-mail: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 29: 493 - 524
                  • ...A classic form of collective good is what economists and collective action theorists term a common-pool resource (CPR) (Gordon 1954, Ciriacy-Wantrup & Bishop 1975, Ostrom 1990)....
                  • ...This oversight is critical because both theory and data indicate that resources involving open access are much more vulnerable to overharvesting than those with restricted access (Ostrom 1990, McKean 1992)....
                  • ...and some providing considerable evidence of explicit and effective conservation practices (Ostrom 1990, Feeny et al 1990)....
                • The Choice-Within-Constraints New Institutionalism and Implications for Sociology

                  Paul IngramColumbia Business School, Columbia University, New York, New York 10027-6902; email: [email protected]Karen ClayHeinz School of Public Policy, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 26: 525 - 546
                  • ...and major contributions have come from economics (Coase 1937, Williamson 1975, North 1990, Greif 1994), political science (North & Weingast 1989, Ostrom 1990), ...
                  • ...The formation of private-centralized institutions to govern property rights is not just a historical phenomenon. Ostrom (1990) documents a variety of contemporary institutions that have arisen to manage property rights over resources that are common property (that is, ...
                  • ...Elected officials hire the herdsmen and impose fines on households who misuse the commons by sending too many cattle (Ostrom 1990, ...
                  • ...particularly on private institutions. Ostrom's (1990) discussion of the emergence of institutions to govern water in the Los Angeles Basin, ...
                • ETHICS AND INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

                  John V. MitchellEnergy and Environmental Program, Royal Institute of International Affairs, London SW1Y4LE, England; e-mail: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Energy and the Environment Vol. 24: 83 - 111
                  • ...They are additional to (and reflect some distrust of) the Hobbesian solution of using the coercive powers of the state through “the development of appropriate international law and treaties.” They could mark the beginning of the development of a “third way” of governing the commons: the development of private (i.e. non-state) mechanisms for “Common-Pool Resource Management” (44)....
                • New Ecology and the Social Sciences: What Prospects for a Fruitful Engagement?

                  I. ScoonesEnvironment Group, Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9RE, UK
                  Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 28: 479 - 507
                  • ...a significant concern has been the collective action issues central to the management of common pool resources (e.g. Ostrom 1990, Bromley 1992)....
                  • ...for example as in the game theoretic formulations of common property theory (cf Berkes 1989, Ostrom 1990, Bromley 1992, Hanna et al 1996)....
                • COPING WITH TRAGEDIES OF THE COMMONS

                  Elinor OstromWorkshop in Political Theory and Policy Analysis; Center for the Study of Institutions, Population, and Environmental Change, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47408-3895; e-mail: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 2: 493 - 535
                  • ...the broad design principles that characterize robust self-organized resource governance systems have been identified (E Ostrom 1990)...
                  • ...as well as other common-pool resources (see Schlager 1990;, Tang 1992;, Schlager et al 1994;, Lam 1998;, E Ostrom 1990, 1996;, Gibson et al 1999)....
                • BOUNDED RATIONALITY

                  Bryan D. JonesDepartment of Political Science, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; e-mail: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 2: 297 - 321
                  • ...conflictual process (Sabatier & Jenkins-Smith 1993, Lounamaa & March 1985, Ostrom 1990) rather than the instantaneous adjustment process that rational organization theory would imply....
                • Social Dilemmas: The Anatomy of Cooperation

                  Peter KollockDepartment of Sociology, University of California at Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California 90095-1551; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 24: 183 - 214
                  • ...An important set of field studies on social dilemmas can be found in Ostrom et al (1994), Bromley et al (1992), Ostrom (1990), McCay & Acheson (1987), Hardin & Baden (1977)....
                  • ...lasting across several generations (McCay & Acheson 1987, Ostrom 1990, 1992, Ostrom et al 1994)....
                  • ...Ostrom (1990) proposes a third route away from the tragedy of the commons: the local regulation of access to and use of common property by those who actually use and have local knowledge of the resource....
                  • ...The first characteristic she discusses deals explicitly with the issue of excludability: Successful communities are marked by clearly defined boundaries—“Individuals or households who have rights to withdraw resource units from the [commons] must be clearly defined, as must the boundaries of the [commons] itself” (1990, ...
                  • ...some situations exist in which the costs can be made very small through the right institutional arrangements (Ostrom 1990)....
                  • ...18Assuming the meadow is homogenous; see Ostrom 1990, p. 13....

              • 125. 
                Evans K, Guariguata MR. 2008. Participatory Monitoring in Tropical Forest Management: A Review of Tools, Concepts and Lessons Learned. Bogor, Indones.: CIFOR
                • Google Scholar
                Article Locations:
                • Article Location
                • Article Location
              • 126. 
                Uychiaoco AJ, Arceo HO, Green SJ, Cruz MT, Gaite PA, Aliño PM. 2005. Monitoring and evaluation of reef protected areas by local fishers in the Philippines: tightening the adaptive management cycle. Biodivers. Conserv. 14:2775–94
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 127. 
                Rijsoort J, Jinfeng Z. 2005. Participatory resource monitoring as a means for promoting social change in Yunnan, China. Biodivers. Conserv. 14:2543–73
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 128. 
                Büscher B, Schoon ML. 2009. Competition over conservation: collective action and negotiating transfrontier conservation in southern Africa. J. Int. Wildl. Law Policy 12:1–27
                • Crossref
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 129. 
                Charles AT. 2007. Adaptive co-management for resilient resource systems: some ingredients and the implications of their absence. See Ref. 104, pp. 83–102
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 130. 
                Folke C, Pritchard L Jr, Berkes F, Colding J, Svedin U. 2007. The problem of fit between ecosystems and institutions: ten years later. Ecol. Soc. 12:30
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Locations:
                • Article Location
                • Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • Reconciling Conflict and Cooperation in Environmental Governance: A Social Network Perspective

                  Örjan Bodin,1 María Mancilla García,1 and Garry Robins21Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, 106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Melbourne School of Psychological Sciences, The University of Melbourne, Melbourne, Victoria 3010, Australia; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 45: 471 - 495
                  • ...because ecosystems adhere to neither human-made jurisdictional borders nor compartmentalized administrative responsibilities (6–8), ...
                • Climate Change and International Relations (After Kyoto)

                  Arild Underdal1,21Department of Political Science, University of Oslo, Oslo 0317, Norway; email: [email protected]2Center for International Climate and Environmental Research—Oslo (CICERO), Oslo 0318, Norway
                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 20: 169 - 188
                  • ...a cure must fit the challenge (Folke et al. 2007, Young 2008)....

              • 131. 
                Nagle JC, Ruhl JB. 2002. The Law of Biodiversity and Ecosystem Management. New York: Found. Press
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 132. 
                Rohlf DJ. 1991. Six biological reasons why the Endangered Species Act doesn't work—and what to do about it. Conserv. Biol. 5:273–82
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • Choosing the Appropriate Scale of Reserves for Conservation

                  Mark W. SchwartzDepartment of Environmental Science and Policy, University of California, Davis, CA 95616; e-mail: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics Vol. 30: 83 - 108
                  • ...Despite the considerable number of potential advantages that fine-filter conservation programs hold, they have often been cited as fatally flawed (e.g., 127, 165, 170)....
                  • ...There are clear weaknesses in both legislation and implementation of the ESA (21, 47, 63, 93, 127, 128)....
                  • ...These include: 1. undue attention to high profile species (47); 2. insufficient protection of critical habitat (21, 127, 128)...
                  • ...; 3. a lack of critical data with which to construct a recovery plan (127, 132)...
                  • ...; 6. inappropriate attention to future uncertainty in population size (21, 47, 93, 127)...

              • 133. 
                Acheson JM. 2003. Capturing the Commons: Devising Institutions to Manage the Maine Lobster Industry. Lebanon, NH: Univ. Press New Engl.
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • Connectivity and the Governance of Multilevel Social-Ecological Systems: The Role of Social Capital

                  Eduardo S. Brondizio,1 Elinor Ostrom,2 and Oran R. Young31Department of Anthropology, Anthropological Center for Training and Research on Global Environmental Change (ACT), Center for the Study of Institutions, Population, and Environmental Change (CIPEC), Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]2Workshop in Political Theory and Policy Analysis, CIPEC, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]3Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 34: 253 - 278
                  • ...This approach to governance also features active participation on the part of officials located at different levels of social organization as well as representatives of major stakeholder groups (79, 137)....
                • The Anthropology of Organized Labor in the United States

                  E. Paul DurrenbergerDepartment of Anthropology, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802-3000; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 36: 73 - 88
                  • ...relevant because workers organize unions to achieve collective goals. Acheson (2003) provides an accessible anthropological review of Ostrom and her colleagues' theoretical reflection, ...
                  • ...but effective unless there are institutional barriers (Acheson 2003, Bronfenbrenner et al. 1998, Fantasia 1989)...
                • Institutional Failure in Resource Management

                  James M. AchesonDepartments of Anthropology and Marine Science, University of Maine, Orono, Maine 04469; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 35: 117 - 134
                  • ...and I use collective-action dilemmas to understand rule development in the Maine lobster industry (Acheson 2003)....
                  • ...Fisheries' scientists are not able to measure stock sizes accurately or understand the reasons that stocks change because of serious conceptual problems and problems in gathering data (Acheson 2003, Durrenberger 1996)...
                  • ...scientific problems led fishery administrators to recommend the elimination of management measures that were effective (Acheson 2003)....
                  • ...The other 92 harbors could not do so, and those that tried failed (Acheson 2003, ...

              • 134. 
                Thoms CA, Betters DR. 1998. The potential for ecosystem management in Mexico's forest ejidos. For. Ecol. Manag. 103:149–57
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 135. 
                Cudney-Bueno R, Basurto X. 2009. Lack of cross-scale linkages reduces robustness of community-based fisheries management. PLoS ONE 4:e6253
                • Crossref
                • Medline
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 136. 
                Reid H, Fig D, Magome H, Leader-Williams N. 2004. Co-management of contractual national parks in South Africa: lessons from Australia. Conserv. Soc. 2:377–409
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 137. 
                Neef A. 2009. Transforming rural water governance: towards deliberative and polycentric models? Water Altern. 2:53–60
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 138. 
                Chalvatzis KJ, Hooper E. 2009. Energy security versus climate change: theoretical framework development and experience in selected EU electricity markets. Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev. 13:2703–9
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 139. 
                Gupta J. 2008. Global change: analyzing scale and scaling in environmental governance. In Institutions and Environmental Change: Principal Findings, Applications, and Research Frontiers, ed. OR Young, H Schroeder, LA King, pp. 225–58. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press
                • Crossref
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 140. 
                Imperial MT, Yandle T. 2005. Taking institutions seriously: using the IAD framework to analyze fisheries policy. Soc. Nat. Resour. 18:493–509
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 141. 
                Hilborn R, Arcese P, Borner M, Hando J, Hopcraft G, et al. 2006. Effective enforcement in a conservation area. Science 314:1266
                • Crossref
                • Medline
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • Illegal Wildlife Trade: Scale, Processes, and Governance

                  Michael ‘t Sas-Rolfes,1,2 Daniel W.S. Challender,1,3 Amy Hinsley,1,3 Diogo Veríssimo,1,3,4 and E.J. Milner-Gulland1,31Oxford Martin Program on the Illegal Wildlife Trade, Oxford Martin School, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3BD, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2School of Geography and the Environment, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom3Department of Zoology, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3SZ, United Kingdom4Institute for Conservation Research, San Diego Zoo Global, Escondido, CA 92027, USA
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 201 - 228
                  • ...Traditional antipoaching efforts have been demonstrated to reduce poaching (145), but are characteristically limited in many source countries by human and technical capacity, ...

              • 142. 
                Ostrom E. 2007. A diagnostic approach for going beyond panaceas. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 104:15181–87
                • Crossref
                • Medline
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Locations:
                • Article Location
                • Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • Global Groundwater Sustainability, Resources, and Systems in the Anthropocene

                  Tom Gleeson,1 Mark Cuthbert,2,3 Grant Ferguson,4 and Debra Perrone51Department of Civil Engineering and School of Earth and Ocean Sciences, University of Victoria, British Columbia V8W 3P5, Canada; email: [email protected]2School of Earth and Ocean Sciences and Water Research Institute, Cardiff University, Cardiff CF10 3AT, United Kingdom3Connected Waters Initiative Research Centre, University of New South Wales, Sydney, New South Wales 2052, Australia4Department of Civil, Geological and Environmental Engineering, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan S7N 5E5, Canada5Environmental Studies Program, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106-1100, USA
                  Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 48: 431 - 463
                  • ...or club goods. Ostrom (2007) suggests nine useful descriptors of resource systems: sector, ...
                • Drivers of Human Stress on the Environment in the Twenty-First Century

                  Thomas Dietz1,21Department of Sociology, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824; email: [email protected]2Environmental Science and Policy Program, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 189 - 213
                  • ...the commons literature has made it clear that all three approaches are engaged in the management of most commons and that pure forms (panaceas) are rarely successful (160)....
                • Connectivity and the Governance of Multilevel Social-Ecological Systems: The Role of Social Capital

                  Eduardo S. Brondizio,1 Elinor Ostrom,2 and Oran R. Young31Department of Anthropology, Anthropological Center for Training and Research on Global Environmental Change (ACT), Center for the Study of Institutions, Population, and Environmental Change (CIPEC), Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]2Workshop in Political Theory and Policy Analysis, CIPEC, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]3Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 34: 253 - 278
                  • ...We suggest the need for a multilevel diagnostic approach to examining relationships at each relevant level and the fit and interplay among levels (2, 13, 18, 26, 27)....
                  • ...Such situations call for a diagnostic approach to institutional design (13, 18, 125)....
                • Experiments in Environment and Development

                  Juan Camilo CárdenasFacultad de Economía, CEDE, Universidad de los Andes, Bogota, Colombia; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 157 - 182
                  • ...The same argument holds for policy design and testing. Ostrom (2007) warned against applying the unique prescription policy solution to the problems of complex socioecological systems....

              • 143. 
                Carpenter SR, Folke C, Norström A, Olsson O, Schultz L, et al. 2012. Program on Ecosystem Change and Society: an international research strategy for integrated social-ecological systems. Curr. Opin. Environ. Sustain. 4:134–38
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 144. 
                Pickett STA. 1989. Space-for-time substitution as an alternative to long-term studies. In Long-Term Studies in Ecology: Approaches and Alternatives, ed. GE Likens, pp. 110–35. New York: Springer-Verlag
                • Crossref
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • Community and Ecosystem Responses to Elevational Gradients: Processes, Mechanisms, and Insights for Global Change

                  Maja K. Sundqvist,1 Nathan J. Sanders,2,3,4 and David A. Wardle11Department of Forest Ecology and Management, Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences (SLU), SE–901 83, Umeå, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee 37996; email: [email protected]3Rocky Mountain Biological Lab, Crested Butte, Colorado 812244Center for Macroecology, Evolution and Climate, Natural History Museum of Denmark, University of Copenhagen, DK-2100 Copenhagen, Denmark
                  Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 44: 261 - 280
                  • ...geological substrates, soil formation processes and disturbance history (Pickett 1989, Körner 2007), ...

              More AR articles citing this reference

              Acronyms and Definitions

              Complex adaptive system(s) (CAS):

              a system of interconnected components characterized by emergent behavior, self-organization, adaptation, and substantial uncertainties about system behavior

              Connectivity:

              the way and degree to which resources, species, or social actors disperse, migrate, or interact across ecological and social landscapes

              ES:

              ecosystem service(s)

              Feedback:

              a mechanism, process, or signal that loops back to influence the SES component emitting the signal or initiating the mechanism or process

              Functional redundancy:

              the presence of species or SES elements that can compensate for each other

              Learning:

              the process of modifying existing or acquiring new knowledge, behaviors, skills, values, or preferences at individual, group, or societal levels

              Participation:

              active engagement of relevant stakeholders in SES management and governance

              Polycentricity:

              a governance system with multiple, nested governing authorities at different scales

              Resilience:

              the capacity of an SES to sustain a desired set of ES in the face of disturbance and ongoing evolution and change

              Response diversity:

              the variety of ways in which different species or SES elements respond to a disturbance

              SES:

              social-ecological system(s)

              Slow variable:

              a variable whose rate of change is slow in relation to the timescales of ES provision and management, and is therefore often considered constant

              • Figures
              image
              image
              • Figures
              image

              Figure 1  The seven principles reviewed in this paper, grouped into those that relate to generic social-ecological system (SES) properties to be managed and those that relate to key properties of SES governance. Abbreviation: CAS, complex adaptive systems.

              Download Full-ResolutionDownload PPT

              Figure Locations

              ...we group these principles into those that focus on generic SES properties and processes (P1–3) and those that focus on the way SES are governed (P4–7) (Figure 1)....

              image

              Figure 2  Maintaining ecosystem service (ES) production in the face of disturbance and change over the long term requires managing diversity and redundancy in a way that balances the risk of system brittleness against system stagnation. Low levels of diversity or redundancy create greater efficiencies but limit options for adapting to change. In contrast, high levels of diversity can be too complex to manage, reducing the nimbleness of the system to adapt to change. The exact form of this curve is unknown. Modified from Lietaer et al. (44).

              Download Full-ResolutionDownload PPT

              Figure Locations

              ...very high levels of diversity and redundancy can undermine ES productivity and resilience in the longer term (Figure 2)....

              Previous Article Next Article
              Donate: Your gift supports our nonprofit mission
              • Related Articles
              • Literature Cited
              • Most Downloaded
              Most Downloaded from this journal

              Human–Wildlife Conflict and Coexistence

              Philip J. Nyhus
              Vol. 41, 2016

              Abstract - FiguresPreview

              Abstract

              Human interactions with wildlife are a defining experience of human existence. These interactions can be positive or negative. People compete with wildlife for food and resources, and have eradicated dangerous species; co-opted and domesticated valuable ...Read More

              • Full Text HTML
              • Download PDF
              • Figures
              image

              Figure 1: Growth in scientific papers referencing human–wildlife conflict between 1995 and 2015 as measured by (red) citations that use the exact words human–wildlife conflict or human wildlife confli...

              image

              Figure 2: A model for conceptualizing different types of human–wildlife conflict. The x-axis represents a range of interactions or outcomes from negative (e.g., crop damage) to positive (e.g., income ...

              image

              Figure 3: Summary of selected common approaches used to mitigate human–wildlife conflict and promote human–wildlife coexistence organized by broad categories of intervention (8, 24, 26, 136, 146). The...


              Global Water Pollution and Human Health

              René P. Schwarzenbach, Thomas Egli, Thomas B. Hofstetter, Urs von Gunten, Bernhard Wehrli
              Vol. 35, 2010

              Abstract - FiguresPreview

              Abstract

              Water quality issues are a major challenge that humanity is facing in the twenty-first century. Here, we review the main groups of aquatic contaminants, their effects on human health, and approaches to mitigate pollution of freshwater resources. Emphasis ...Read More

              • Full Text HTML
              • Download PDF
              • Figures
              image

              Figure 1: Air-water (Kaw) versus octanol-water partitioning constants (Kow) of different organic water pollutants (BTEX stands for benzene, toluene, ethylbenzenes, and xylenes, i.e. fuel constituents)...

              image

              Figure 2: Estimated risks for arsenic contamination in drinking water based on hydrogeological conditions. Map modified after Reference 89.


              The Politics of Sustainability and Development

              Ian Scoones
              Vol. 41, 2016

              Abstract - FiguresPreview

              Abstract

              This review examines the relationships between politics, sustainability, and development. Following an overview of sustainability thinking across different traditions, the politics of resources and the influence of scarcity narratives on research, policy ...Read More

              • Full Text HTML
              • Download PDF
              • Figures
              image

              Figure 1: Transformations and politics for sustainability and development (drawing from References 92 and 192).


              Climate Change and Food Systems

              Sonja J. Vermeulen, Bruce M. Campbell, John S.I. Ingram
              Vol. 37, 2012

              Abstract - FiguresPreview

              Abstract

              Food systems contribute 19%–29% of global anthropogenic greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, releasing 9,800–16,900 megatonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (MtCO2e) in 2008. Agricultural production, including indirect emissions associated with land-cover ...Read More

              • Full Text HTML
              • Download PDF
              • Figures
              image

              Figure 1: Partitioning of production-based food chain greenhouse gas emissions, excluding land-use change, for China and United Kingdom. The estimated megatonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent for 2007 ...

              image

              Figure 2: Regional differences in the composition of emissions from direct and indirect emissions from agricultural production for the year 2005 in megatonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent. No indirect...

              image

              Figure 3: Regional differences in estimated direct greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from agricultural production (black) and indirect GHG emissions from agriculture-driven land-use change (gray) for the...

              image

              Figure 4: Examples of actions in food systems that achieve different synergies and trade-offs for adaptation, mitigation, and food security (near-term food availability). Actions must be situated in b...


              Municipal Solid Waste and the Environment: A Global Perspective

              Sintana E. Vergara and George Tchobanoglous
              Vol. 37, 2012

              Abstract - FiguresPreview

              Abstract

              Municipal solid waste (MSW) reflects the culture that produces it and affects the health of the people and the environment surrounding it. Globally, people are discarding growing quantities of waste, and its composition is more complex than ever before, ...Read More

              • Full Text HTML
              • Download PDF
              • Figures
              image

              Figure 1: Per capita waste generation rates versus Human Development Index for 20 selected cities. Data are from Reference 14. Abbreviation: kg/cap-d, kilogram per capita per day.

              image

              Figure 2: Waste composition for 20 selected cities (14).

              image

              Figure 3: Current (2010) solid waste generation per capita by regions of the world. The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) countries produce about 50% of the world's waste, ...

              image

              Figure 4: Flow of waste material through a waste management system. Abbreviation: RDF, refuse-derived fuel.

              image

              Figure 5: Municipal solid waste collection rates for selected global cities. Industrialized cities invest more money in solid waste and are able to achieve high collection rates. Less-industrialized c...


              See More
              • © Copyright 2021
              • Contact Us
              • Email Preferences
              • Annual Reviews Directory
              • Multimedia
              • Supplemental Materials
              • FAQs
              • Privacy Policy
              Back to Top

              PRIVACY NOTICE

              Accept

              This site requires the use of cookies to function. It also uses cookies for the purposes of performance measurement. Please see our Privacy Policy.